CA2071536C - Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy - Google Patents
Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2071536C CA2071536C CA002071536A CA2071536A CA2071536C CA 2071536 C CA2071536 C CA 2071536C CA 002071536 A CA002071536 A CA 002071536A CA 2071536 A CA2071536 A CA 2071536A CA 2071536 C CA2071536 C CA 2071536C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- nucleotide
- oligonucleotide
- region
- bis
- sequence
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6839—Triple helix formation or other higher order conformations in hybridisation assays
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/15—Nucleic acids forming more than 2 strands, e.g. TFOs
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
- C12N2310/317—Chemical structure of the backbone with an inverted bond, e.g. a cap structure
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
- C12N2310/318—Chemical structure of the backbone where the PO2 is completely replaced, e.g. MMI or formacetal
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S435/00—Chemistry: molecular biology and microbiology
- Y10S435/81—Packaged device or kit
Abstract
Oligonucleotides having tandem sequences of inverted polarity, i.e., oligonucleotides comprising regions of the formula: 3'-----5'--C--5'-----3' or 5'-----3'--C--3'-----5', wherein -C- symbolizes a ny method of coupling the nucleotide sequence of opposite polarity, are useful for forming an extended triple helix with a double- helical nucleotide duplex. Single or mixed motif oligomers may be used. The inverted polarity also stabilizes the single-strand oligonucleotides to exonuclease degradation.
Description
TRIPLE HELIX FORMATION IN OLIGONUCLEOTIDE THERAPY
Technical Field The invention is directed to modes of therapy which utilize oligomers designed to form triple helices with duplex DNA. More specifically, the invention concerns provision of pharmaceutical compositions containing oligonucleotides which target the major grove of the DNA duplex.
The invention is also directed to oligonucleo-tides having tandem sequences of inverted polarity, which are useful for forming triple helices with double-stranded duplex DNA. The inverted polarity oligo-nucleotides may be stabilized by this inversion which presents an unnatural terminus or internal linkage, thereby avoiding potential damage by nucleases.
Background Art The rules which govern the association of single-stranded oligonucleotides with DNA duplexes to form triple-helical complexes have been recently described. At present, there are two recognized motifs for effecting triple helix formation. The older of these, commonly referred to as the "CT" motif, provides for a single-stranded oligomer containing, in its 3o essential recognition portions, pyrimidine-based sequences which will result in T-A-T and C-G-C+ based triplets across the three associated chains of the resulting triple helix. This system is effective when there are long stretches in the duplex wherein one of the two strands contains only, or mostly, purine base residues. The pyrimidine-containing oligomer will associate itself with the duplex in such a fashion that the polarity of the oligomer runs parallel to the strand of the duplex which contains the purine-rich target. The appropriate pyrimidine/purine associations are the same as those known in complementarity, i.e., in the oligomer T will be provided for recognition of an AT pair; C will be provided for the recognition of a GC pair. In summary, for formation of a triple helix which employs the CT mode, the oligomer will be designed to provide base "complementarity" to a purine-rich region of a single strand of the duplex in a parallel orientation to that strand. This mode of formation of triple helices was summarized by Moser, H.E., and Dervan, P.B., in Science (1987) 238:645-650.
An alternate motif, called the "GT" motif, was recognized more recently. In an article by Cooney, M., et al., Science (1988) 241:456-459, a purine-rich oligomer, containing a multiplicity of G residues, was reported to form a triplex with a DNA duplex which was rich in GC pairs and wherein the majority of the purine residues were located on a single strand of the targeted duplex. This mode of association results in G-G-C
triplets across the three strands in the triplex and A-A-T triplets were suggested, although not demonstrated.
In this mode, again, the purine residues need to be concentrated on one strand of the duplex; however, the orientation of the oligomer with respect to the target duplex is reversed from that in the CT mode described above--i.e., the oligomer will be oriented in an anti-parallel direction to the purine-rich strand of the duplex. The availability of the foregoing two motifs for triple helix formation offers expanded possibilities for the design of oligomers which are capable of triplex formation. It should be said, initially, that in all instances, a concentration of purine residues along a portion of a single strand of the targeted duplex is required. Nevertheless, it is advantageous to have available a repertoire of strategies for targeting duplexes which permits advantage to be taken of additional factors which may influence the stability of the resulting complex or the suitability of the administered oligomer.
There are at least four major basic strategies for triple helix formation disclosed below. Two of these employ oligomers which contain inverted polarity. Thus, the invention provides oligonucleotides which have inverted polarities for at least two regions of the oligonucleotide. By "inverted polarity" is meant that the oligonucleotide contains tandem sequences which have opposite polarity, i.e., one having polarity 5'-~3' followed by another with polarity 3'-i5', or vice versa.
This implies that these sequences are joined by linkages which can be thought of as effectively a 3'-3' internucleotide junction, (however the linkage is accomplished), or effectively a 5'-5' internucleotide junction. Such oligomers have been suggested as by-products of reactions to obtain cyclic oligonucleotides by Capobianco, M.L., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1990) 18:2661-2669. Compositions of "parallel-stranded DNA"
designed to form hairpins secured with AT linkages using either a 3'-3' inversion or a 5'-5' inversion have been synthesized by van de Sande, J.H., et al., Science (1988) 241:551-557. In addition, triple helix formation using an oligomer which contains an effective 3'-3' linkage has been described by Horne, D.A. and Dervan, P.B., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437.
14 Recd PCT/PTO 01 ~~~~~ ~gg~
~/US 90/0612a Disclosure of the Invention The design of oligonucleotide sequences to target double-stranded duplex DNA can employ one or both of the above-described binding motifs, and may or may not employ oligonucleotides with inverted polarity, depending on the nature of the target duplex and other conditions characterizing the particular circumstance of administration of the oligomer.
Four basic situations can be envisioned.
First, in a very simple case, understood in the art, the binding motif will be consistent along a standard oligomer of a single polarity. In this case, only a single strand of the duplex can be targeted, and while more than one purine-rich region along this strand can be engaged in triplex formation with oligomers of this type, such plurality of regions may be interrupted by sections of pyrimidine enrichment where no association occurs.
In a second situation, it may be desirable to target purine-rich regions along a single strand of a duplex but to provide binding using different motifs.
For example, the GT motif may offer some advantages when G/C-rich regions are encountered because of the pH
dependence of binding of the cytosine residues in the oligomer. Thus, homopurine regions rich in guanidine may advantageously be coupled using the GT motif. On the other hand, it may be desirable to access adenine-rich regions using the CT motif. A change in motif of binding along a single strand of the duplex must be coupled with an inversion of polarity in the oligomer to correspond in the change in motif.
In the third and fourth situations, it may be desired to cross over and switch back and forth between purine-rich regions on opposite strands of the duplex.
This can be done, for a single crossover, by either inverting the polarity of the targeting oligonucleotide suesnTUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
Technical Field The invention is directed to modes of therapy which utilize oligomers designed to form triple helices with duplex DNA. More specifically, the invention concerns provision of pharmaceutical compositions containing oligonucleotides which target the major grove of the DNA duplex.
The invention is also directed to oligonucleo-tides having tandem sequences of inverted polarity, which are useful for forming triple helices with double-stranded duplex DNA. The inverted polarity oligo-nucleotides may be stabilized by this inversion which presents an unnatural terminus or internal linkage, thereby avoiding potential damage by nucleases.
Background Art The rules which govern the association of single-stranded oligonucleotides with DNA duplexes to form triple-helical complexes have been recently described. At present, there are two recognized motifs for effecting triple helix formation. The older of these, commonly referred to as the "CT" motif, provides for a single-stranded oligomer containing, in its 3o essential recognition portions, pyrimidine-based sequences which will result in T-A-T and C-G-C+ based triplets across the three associated chains of the resulting triple helix. This system is effective when there are long stretches in the duplex wherein one of the two strands contains only, or mostly, purine base residues. The pyrimidine-containing oligomer will associate itself with the duplex in such a fashion that the polarity of the oligomer runs parallel to the strand of the duplex which contains the purine-rich target. The appropriate pyrimidine/purine associations are the same as those known in complementarity, i.e., in the oligomer T will be provided for recognition of an AT pair; C will be provided for the recognition of a GC pair. In summary, for formation of a triple helix which employs the CT mode, the oligomer will be designed to provide base "complementarity" to a purine-rich region of a single strand of the duplex in a parallel orientation to that strand. This mode of formation of triple helices was summarized by Moser, H.E., and Dervan, P.B., in Science (1987) 238:645-650.
An alternate motif, called the "GT" motif, was recognized more recently. In an article by Cooney, M., et al., Science (1988) 241:456-459, a purine-rich oligomer, containing a multiplicity of G residues, was reported to form a triplex with a DNA duplex which was rich in GC pairs and wherein the majority of the purine residues were located on a single strand of the targeted duplex. This mode of association results in G-G-C
triplets across the three strands in the triplex and A-A-T triplets were suggested, although not demonstrated.
In this mode, again, the purine residues need to be concentrated on one strand of the duplex; however, the orientation of the oligomer with respect to the target duplex is reversed from that in the CT mode described above--i.e., the oligomer will be oriented in an anti-parallel direction to the purine-rich strand of the duplex. The availability of the foregoing two motifs for triple helix formation offers expanded possibilities for the design of oligomers which are capable of triplex formation. It should be said, initially, that in all instances, a concentration of purine residues along a portion of a single strand of the targeted duplex is required. Nevertheless, it is advantageous to have available a repertoire of strategies for targeting duplexes which permits advantage to be taken of additional factors which may influence the stability of the resulting complex or the suitability of the administered oligomer.
There are at least four major basic strategies for triple helix formation disclosed below. Two of these employ oligomers which contain inverted polarity. Thus, the invention provides oligonucleotides which have inverted polarities for at least two regions of the oligonucleotide. By "inverted polarity" is meant that the oligonucleotide contains tandem sequences which have opposite polarity, i.e., one having polarity 5'-~3' followed by another with polarity 3'-i5', or vice versa.
This implies that these sequences are joined by linkages which can be thought of as effectively a 3'-3' internucleotide junction, (however the linkage is accomplished), or effectively a 5'-5' internucleotide junction. Such oligomers have been suggested as by-products of reactions to obtain cyclic oligonucleotides by Capobianco, M.L., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1990) 18:2661-2669. Compositions of "parallel-stranded DNA"
designed to form hairpins secured with AT linkages using either a 3'-3' inversion or a 5'-5' inversion have been synthesized by van de Sande, J.H., et al., Science (1988) 241:551-557. In addition, triple helix formation using an oligomer which contains an effective 3'-3' linkage has been described by Horne, D.A. and Dervan, P.B., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437.
14 Recd PCT/PTO 01 ~~~~~ ~gg~
~/US 90/0612a Disclosure of the Invention The design of oligonucleotide sequences to target double-stranded duplex DNA can employ one or both of the above-described binding motifs, and may or may not employ oligonucleotides with inverted polarity, depending on the nature of the target duplex and other conditions characterizing the particular circumstance of administration of the oligomer.
Four basic situations can be envisioned.
First, in a very simple case, understood in the art, the binding motif will be consistent along a standard oligomer of a single polarity. In this case, only a single strand of the duplex can be targeted, and while more than one purine-rich region along this strand can be engaged in triplex formation with oligomers of this type, such plurality of regions may be interrupted by sections of pyrimidine enrichment where no association occurs.
In a second situation, it may be desirable to target purine-rich regions along a single strand of a duplex but to provide binding using different motifs.
For example, the GT motif may offer some advantages when G/C-rich regions are encountered because of the pH
dependence of binding of the cytosine residues in the oligomer. Thus, homopurine regions rich in guanidine may advantageously be coupled using the GT motif. On the other hand, it may be desirable to access adenine-rich regions using the CT motif. A change in motif of binding along a single strand of the duplex must be coupled with an inversion of polarity in the oligomer to correspond in the change in motif.
In the third and fourth situations, it may be desired to cross over and switch back and forth between purine-rich regions on opposite strands of the duplex.
This can be done, for a single crossover, by either inverting the polarity of the targeting oligonucleotide suesnTUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
using a constant motif or by maintaining the polarity constant and changing the binding motif.
Thus, in some instances, the ability of oligonucleotide sequences to hybridize to double-stranded duplex DNA is enhanced by providing oligonucleotides with inverted polarity either so that the binding oligonu-cleotide can skip from one complementary strand in the duplex to the other as its polarity shifts, or so that advantage can be taken of the alternate motif. In its simplest embodiment, there is a single inversion of polarity in the binding oligonucleotide; of course, inversions can be inserted in a number depending on the DNA duplex target sequence.
Thus, in one aspect, the invention is directed to oligonucleotide sequences containing at least two tandem sequences of opposite polarities and thus at least one linkage which inverts the polarity of the oligonucleotide, and to methods of preparing and using these oligonucleotides. The inversion of polarity may, if desired, be combined with an alternation in the binding motifs with regard to triple helix formation.
The invention also comprises methods for binding an oligonucleotide to tandem portions of both strands of a double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of coupling the target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with an oligonucleotide to form a triplex, wherein the oligonucleotide is characterized by a first sequence of nucleotides capable to bind a portion of the first strand of the duplex, followed by a second sequence of nucleotides capable to bind a portion on the second strand of the duplex which is proximal to said target portion on the first strand wherein the second sequence has either opposite polarity or an alternate binding motif to the first sequence.
-Sa- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided an unnatural oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at S least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA.
According to a second aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage comprising a linker residue wherein said linker residue is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
According to a third aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage of the formula:
X X
ii it X-P X-A-X-P X
Y Y
wherein -Sb-Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O- or S-; X is O, S or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C) n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
According to a fourth aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for binding an oligonucleotide to portions of both strands of a target double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of: contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex; wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
According to a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and, coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and at least one internucleotide linkage of said oligonucleotide is a modified internucleotide linkage.
According to a sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide according to claim 58, wherein said modified internucleotide linkage is a moiety selected from the group consisting of P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO, or CONR2, wherein R is H or alkyl and R' is alkyl and said moiety is joined to adjacent nucleotides through -O- or -S-.
Thus, in some instances, the ability of oligonucleotide sequences to hybridize to double-stranded duplex DNA is enhanced by providing oligonucleotides with inverted polarity either so that the binding oligonu-cleotide can skip from one complementary strand in the duplex to the other as its polarity shifts, or so that advantage can be taken of the alternate motif. In its simplest embodiment, there is a single inversion of polarity in the binding oligonucleotide; of course, inversions can be inserted in a number depending on the DNA duplex target sequence.
Thus, in one aspect, the invention is directed to oligonucleotide sequences containing at least two tandem sequences of opposite polarities and thus at least one linkage which inverts the polarity of the oligonucleotide, and to methods of preparing and using these oligonucleotides. The inversion of polarity may, if desired, be combined with an alternation in the binding motifs with regard to triple helix formation.
The invention also comprises methods for binding an oligonucleotide to tandem portions of both strands of a double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of coupling the target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with an oligonucleotide to form a triplex, wherein the oligonucleotide is characterized by a first sequence of nucleotides capable to bind a portion of the first strand of the duplex, followed by a second sequence of nucleotides capable to bind a portion on the second strand of the duplex which is proximal to said target portion on the first strand wherein the second sequence has either opposite polarity or an alternate binding motif to the first sequence.
-Sa- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided an unnatural oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at S least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA.
According to a second aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage comprising a linker residue wherein said linker residue is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
According to a third aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage of the formula:
X X
ii it X-P X-A-X-P X
Y Y
wherein -Sb-Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O- or S-; X is O, S or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C) n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
According to a fourth aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for binding an oligonucleotide to portions of both strands of a target double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of: contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex; wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
According to a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and, coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and at least one internucleotide linkage of said oligonucleotide is a modified internucleotide linkage.
According to a sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide according to claim 58, wherein said modified internucleotide linkage is a moiety selected from the group consisting of P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO, or CONR2, wherein R is H or alkyl and R' is alkyl and said moiety is joined to adjacent nucleotides through -O- or -S-.
In still another aspect, the invention relates to oligonucleotides characterized by alternating regions rich in thymine residues followed by regions rich in guanine residues. These oligonucleotides have alternating motifs for association with DNA duplexes; another invention aspect relates to methods for binding duplexes using these, as stated above.
The invention also relates to a method to bind at least two proximal portions of a single strand of a duplex using oligonucleotides with inverted polarity.
According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide sequence containing at least three nucleotide residues, said sequence having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and, coupled thereto, a second nucleotide sequence containing at least one nucleotide residue, said second sequence having polarity inverted from that of the first sequence, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA
or RNA.
The 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the ~v ,, y..
_W
-6a- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The first and second sequences may be covalently bonded through a linkage comprising a linker residue wherein said linker residue is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a l0 hydroxyl. The linker residue may be a residue of a diol or diamine. The diol or diamine is of the formula: HZ(CHZ)n~ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-15 and one or more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula: HZ(CH2CH20)"2H, wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula HZCHZ(CX2CX2)r,sCHzZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a ~ bond.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula HZCH2(CXZCX2)~4CH2(CXZCX2)~5CH2ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a bond.
The diol or diamine may contain a ring system, and the ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring system ring may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans--2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
-6b- 20 7 1 5 3 6 The ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene,1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;1,2-bi(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,5-bis(3-2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene;
and hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
The first and second sequence through may be covalently bonded a linkage of the formula:
X X
X-P X-A-X-P X-Y Y
n Wherein Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, 0- or S-; X is 0, S or NR; wherein each R
is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C); n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl. All X may be O. All Y may be O.
The linker residue, A, may be a residue of a diol or diamine. The linker residue may comprise a ring system. The ring may be aromatic. The aromatic ring may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3 iR
-6c-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene; 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
The ring may be non aromatic. The nonaromatic ring may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane, or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans 3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans--2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZ(CH2)"~ZH, wherein each Z is independently 0 or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-10 and one of more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH, provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZ(CH2CH20)"2H, wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZCH2(CX2CX2)~3CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a ~ bond.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula;
HZCH2(CX2CX2)"4CH2(CX2CX2)"5CH2ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a ~ bond.
According to a second aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for binding an oligonucleotide to portions of both strands of a target double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of: contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex; wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently -6d-coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
In the oligonucleotide, the 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
l0 In the oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
In the oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The first and second sequences may be covalently coupled through a linkage comprising a linker residue.
The linker residue may be a residue of a diol or diamine.
The diol or diamine may contain the residue of a nonaromatic or aromatic ring or ring system. The ring or ring system may be cyclohexene or cyclopentene or the ring or ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring or ring system may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran, and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan being either unsubstituted, or substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
The ring or ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring or ring ~y .
-6e- 20 7 1 5 3 6 system may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
The first and second sequences are covalently coupled through a linkage of the formula:
X X
il il X-P X-A-X-P X-I I
Y Y
n wherein: P-Y is P-H, P-OR, P-SR, P-NR2, P-O-, or P-S-; X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl (6-12C), aralkyl (7-20C) or alkaryl (7-20C); n is 0 or 1; and A is a residue of a linker group. All X may be 0.
All P-Y may be P-OR or P-O-.
The linker residue A may be a residue of a diol or diamine.
The linker residue may comprise a ring or ring system. The ring or ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring or ring system may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
The ring or ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring or ring system may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either unsubstituted or -6f- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
Brief Description of the Drawin4s Figure 1 shows a 1,4-dihydroxylmethyl benzen-mediated linkage between two adjacent ribosyl residues and two adjacent xylosyl residues.
Figure 2 shows an outline of a reaction scheme to include a "switchback" of the type illustrated in Figure 1.
Figure 3 shows an outline of the reaction scheme to include a dimer synthon in the oligomer to obtain a "switchback" or polarity reversal.
Figure 4 shows a series of candidate duplexes containing purine-rich regions on a single strand of the duplex.
Figure 5 shows an outline of the types of oligomers envisioned.
Modes for Carrying Out the Invention As used herein "oligonucleotide" is generic to polydeoxyribonucleotides (containing 2'-deoxy-D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., DNA, to polyribonucleotides (containing D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., RNA, and to any other type of polynucleotide which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base.
WO 91/06626 'CT/US90/06128 _,_ The term "nucleoside" or "nucleotide" will similarly be generic to ribonucleosides or ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleosides or deoxyribonucleotides, or to any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base. Thus, the stereochemistry of the sugar carbons may be other than that of D-ribose in certain limited residues, as further described below.
"Nucleoside" and "nucleotide" include those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine bases, but also heterocyclic bases which have been modified. Such modifications include alkylated purines or pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other heterocycles. Such "analogous purines" and "analogous pyrimidines" are those generally known in the art, many of which are used as chemotherapeutic agents.
An exemplary but not exhaustive list includes 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylamino-methyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N6-isopentenyl-adenine, 1-methyl-adenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methyl-inosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methyl-guanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-methyl-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyl uracil, 5-methoxy aminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosyl-queosine, 5'methoxycarbonylmethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thio cytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, N-uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, and 2,6-diaminopurine. "Nucleosides" or "nucleotides" also include those which contain modifications in the sugar 2p71536 _8_ moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with halogen, aliphatic groups, or functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like. Examples of modified nucleosides or nucleotides include, but are not limited to:
2-aminoadenosine 2'-deoxy-2-aminoadenosine 5-bromouridine 2'-deoxy-5-bromouridine 5-chlorouridine 2'-deoxy-5-chlorouridine 5-fluorouridine 2'-deoxy-5-fluorouridine 5-iodouridine 2'-deoxy-5-iodouridine 5-methyluridine (2'-deoxy-5-methyluridine is the same as thymidine) inosine 2'-deoxy-inosine xanthosine 2-deoxy-xanthosine Furthermore, as the a anomer binds to duplexes in a manner similar to that for the B anomers, one or more nucleotides may contain this linkage or a domain thereof. (Praseuth, D., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA) (1988) 85:1349-1353).
The switchback oligonucleotides of the present invention may be of any length, but lengths of greater than or equal to about 10 nucleotides, and preferably greater than about 15, are preferred. However, the longer oligonucleotides may also be made, particularly those of greater than 50 nucleotides or greater than 100 nucleotides. Oligonucleotides may contain conventional internucleotide phosphodiester linkages or may contain modified forms such as phosphoramidate linkages. These alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to embodiments wherein a moiety of the formula P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO, or CONR2, wherein R is H (or a salt) or alkyl (1-12C) and R' is alkyl (1-6C) is joined 14 Recd PCtIPTO o 1 J a ~ 1991 ~/~S 9 0 / 0 b 12 to adjacent nucleotides through -O- or -S-. Not all such linkages in the same oligomer need to be identical.
Inversions of polarity can also occur in "derivatives" of oligonucleotides. "Derivatives" of the oligomers include those conventionally recognized in the art. For instance, the oligonucleotides may be covalently linked to various moieties such as intercalators, substances which interact specifically with the major or minor groove of the DNA double helix and other arbitrarily chosen conjugates, such as labels (radioactive, fluorescent, enzyme, etc.). These additional moieties may be derivatized through any convenient linkage. For example, intercalators, such as acridine can be linked through any available -OH or -SH, e.g., at the terminal 5' position of RNA or DNA, the 2' positions of RNA, or an OH, NH2, COOH or SH engineered into the 5 position of pyrimidines, e.g., instead of the 5 methyl of cytosine, a derivatized form which contains, for example, -CH2CH2NH2, -CH2CH2CH20H or -CH2CH2CH2SH in the 5 position. A wide variety of substituents can be attached, including those bound through conventional linkages. The indicated -OH moieties in the oligomers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be bound to the conjugated substituent. The 5' terminal OH may be phosphorylated; the 2'-OH or OH substituents at the 3' terminus may also be phosphorylated. The hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
Oligonucleotides or the segments thereof of 5'-~3' or 3'~5' polarity are conventionally synthesized.
Methods for such synthesis are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Research (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Research (1988) 16:4831-SUBSTITUTE SHED' IPEA/US ~
WO 91/06626 2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~'/US90/06128~..
4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6_:287-291;
Froehler, B., Tet Lett (1986) 27:5575-5578.
In general, there are two commonly used solid phase-based approaches to the synthesis of oligonucleotides containing conventional 3'-~5' or 5'-~3' linkages, one involving intermediate phosphoramidites and the other involving intermediate phosphonate linkages.
In the phosphoramidite based synthesis, a suitably protected nucleotide having a cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the position to be coupled is reacted with the free hydroxyl of a growing nucleotide chain derivatized to a solid support. The reaction yields a cyanoethyl-phosphite, which linkage must be oxidized to the cyanoethylphosphate at each intermediate step, since the reduced form is unstable to acid. The H-phosphonate-based synthesis is conducted by the reaction of a suitably protected nucleoside containing an H-phosphonate moiety at a position to be coupled with a solid phase-derivatized nucleotide chain having a free hydroxyl group, in the presence of a suitable activator to obtain an H-phosphonate diester linkage, which is stable to acid. Thus, the oxidation to the phosphate or thiophosphate can be conducted at any point during the synthesis of the oligonucleotide or after synthesis of the oligonucleotide is complete. The H-phosphonates can also be converted to phosphoramidate derivatives by reaction with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of carbon tetrachloride. To indicate the two approaches generically, the incoming nucleoside is regarded as having an "activated phosphite/phosphate"
group.
Variations in the type of internucleotide linkage are achieved by, for example, using the methyl phosphonate precursors rather than the H-phosphonates per se, using thiol derivatives of the nucleoside moieties 207153fi and generally by methods known in the art. Nonphos-phorous based linkages may also be used, such as the formacetal type linkages described and claimed in U.S.
Patent 5,264,564 filed on October 24, 1989 and December 11, 1989, in published PCT application US90/06110(WO/9106624) both assigned to the same assignee.
Thus, to obtain an oligonucleotide segment which has a 3'-~5' polarity, a nucleotide protected at the 5' position and containing an activated phosphite/phosphate group-at the 3' position is reacted with the hydroxyl at the 5' position of a nucleoside coupled to a solid support through its 3'-hydroxyl. The resulting condensed oligomer is deprotected and the reaction repeated with an additional 5'-protected, 3-'phosphite/phosphate activated nucleotide. Conversely, to obtain an oligomeric segment of 5'-3' polarity, a nucleotide protected in the 3' position and containing an activated phosphite/phosphate in the 5' position is reacted with a nucleotide oligomer or nucleoside attached to a solid support through the 5' position, leaving the 3'-hydroxyl available to react.
Similarly, after condensation of the incoming nucleotide, the 3' group is deprotected and reacted with an additional 3'-protected, 5'-activated nucleotide. The sequence is continued until the desired number of nucleotides have been added.
In addition to employing these very convenient and now most commonly used, solid phase synthesis techniques, oligonucleotides may also be synthesized using solution phase methods such as triester synthesis.
These methods are workable, but in general, less efficient for oligonucleotides of any substantial length.
The oligonucleotides of the invention which are -~, designed to target duplexes for triplex formation may have, as stated above, either uniform or mixed motifs and 14 Recd PCT/PTO 0 1 J U L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~ 90/051 2~
may or may not contain regions of inverted polarity.
With respect to variation in motif, portions of the oligomers may contain regions designed to effect CT-type binding; additional regions in the same oligomer are designed to effect GT-type binding. The regions designed to effect CT-type binding will be enriched in pyrimidine residues, as in this mode, the T-residues can be considered to target A-residues and C-residues can be considered to target G-residues in the duplex and the targeted purine regions are read in a parallel orientation with respect to the oligonucleotide. A
region of the oligonucleotide of the invention which effects CT binding will be pyrimidine rich and will contain a sequence designed to read a purine-enriched sequence on a strand of a target duplex in a parallel orientation.
Where all of the oligonucleotide is designed to effect the GT mode, of course, the oligomer will be enriched in purines. Thus, for mixed motif oligonucleotides, regions of pyrimidine enrichment will alternate with purine enrichment regions. Where the alteration in motif is combined with inverted polarity, in general, the transition from pyrimidine enrichment to, for example, purine enrichment will generally coincide with the region of inversion of polarity.
Whatever the design of the oligonucleotide, the strand of the duplex containing a purine-enriched region is formally targeted in order to rationalize the rules.
It is understood that this "targeting" of the purine-rich region is a matter of formality and the rules could be rewritten in terms of the pyrimidine-enriched strand, if desired.
~~SHEET
~~US
V~O 91/06626 2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~'/US90/06128 In their most general form, the inverted polarity oligonucleotides of the invention contain at least one segment along their length of the formula:
3~-__~,5~__C__5~_____3~ (1) or 5~___~3~__C__3~____-5~ (2) where -C- symbolizes any method of coupling the nucleotide sequences of opposite polarity.
In these formulas, the symbol 3'----5' indicates a stretch of oligomer in which the linkages are consistently formed between the 5' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide to the left with the 3' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide to the right, thus leaving the 5' hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleotide ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation. Analogously, 5'----3' indicates a stretch of oligomer in the opposite orientation wherein the linkages are formed between the 3' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the left nucleotide and the 5' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide on the right, thus leaving the 3' hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleotide ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation.
The linkage, symbolized by -C-, may be formed so as to link the 5' hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (1) or the 3' hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues .n formula (2), or the "-C-"
linkage may conjugate other portions of the adjacent nucleotides so as to link the inverted polarity strands.
"-C-" may represent a linker moiety, or simply a covalent bond.
It should be noted that if the linkage between strands of inverted polarity involves a sugar residue, 2p71536 either the 3' or 2' position can be involved in the linkage, and either of these positions may be in either R
or S configuration. The choice of configuration will in part determine the geometry of the oligomer in the vicinity of the linkage. Thus, for example, if adjacent 3' positions are used to effect a covalent linkage, less severe deformation of the oligonucleotide chain will generally occur if both 3' hydroxyls involved in the linkage are in the conventional R configuration. If they are both in the S configuration, this will result in a "kink" in the chain.
In addition to the use of standard oligo-nucleotide synthesis techniques or other couplings to effect the 5'-5' or 3'-3' linkage between ribosyl moieties, alternative approaches to joining the two strands of inverted polarity may be employed. For example, the two appended bases of the opposing termini of the inverted polarity oligonucleotide sequences can be linked directly or through a linker, or the base of one can be linked to the sugar moiety of the other. Any suitable method of effecting the linkage may be employed.
The characterizing aspect of the switchback oligonucleotides of the invention is that they comprise tandem regions of inverted polarity, so that a region of 3'~5' polarity is followed by one of 5'-~3' polarity, or vice versa, or both.
Depending on the manner of coupling the segments with inverted polarity, this coupling may be effected by insertion of a dimeric nucleotide wherein the appropriate 3' positions of each member of the dimer or the 5' positions of each member of the dimes are activated for inclusion of the dimes in the growing chain, or the conventional synthesis can be continued but using for the condensing nucleotide a nucleotide which is protected/activated in the inverse manner to that which would be employed if the polarity of the chain were to remain the same. This additional nucleotide may also contain a linker moiety which may be included before or after condensation to extend the chain.
For example, in one illustrative embodiment of the formulas (1) and (2), these compounds include inversion-conferring linkages of the formulas:
X X
II II
O ~ X-P X-A-X-P X O-Y Y n (1') B B
X X
II II
X-P X-A-X-P X
O 'P Y Y ~ O
n (2' ) or v:~e more complete representation:
O
O X X
3o Y Y g O
n (1') O
~--OCH2 8 O
X X
II II
X-P X-A-X-P X
I I
Y Y
n B ~ CH20-.~ ( 2 ~ ) wherein:
B is any purine or pyrimidine base, modified purine or pyrimidine base, or any desired corresponding moiety of an analogous nucleotide and ~ represents a phosphodiester linkage or a conventional substitute therefor, such as methyl phosphonate;
Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O , or S ;
X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C);
n is O or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group.
Thus, in these representations, the bold line refers to the sugar, whereas B represents the bases. The within the diagonal line in the diagram denotes a phosphodiester or analogous bond. This diagonal line joins the end of one bold line and the middle of another.
These junctions refer to the 5'-OH and 3'-OH, respectively.
This type of linkage is convenient because -C-can be incorporated sequentially using the standard solid phase synthesis techniques. Although shown specifically to effect a 5'-5' or 3'-3' linkage, the linking portion per se can be used to couple sugar-sugar, sugar-base or base-base on adjacent switchback nucleotide residues.
Also, any linkage form can be included using a prelinked dimer in the solid phase sequence.
When n is 0 in the above embodiment, the 3'-3' or 5'-5' linkage is simply formed using standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques wherein the nucleotide to be added to the sequence is protected and activated in the opposite orientation from that which would be used if the original chain polarity were followed. When n=1, a linker is utilized to effect the inverted polarity linkage. There is no theoretical reason that n cannot be >1; however, generally it is more convenient to limit the synthesis to the intermediation of one linker.
When a linker moiety is employed, the phosphite/phosphate activated linker can be included directly in the continuing oligonucleotide synthesis, followed by coupling to the first nucleotide of the inverted sequence or the first such nucleotide can be supplied already derivatized to the phosphite/ phosphate activated linker. In general, the linker comprises a diol or diamine, the residue of which appears as "A" in formulas 1' and 2'. Thus, in a typical synthesis protocol, one hydroxyl (or amino) of the diol (or diamine) is protected and the other is an activated phosphite/phosphate. This protected form can be coupled to the oligonucleotide chain attached to the solid support and then deprotected and reacted with the subsequent nucleotide residue.
Similar diol or diamine type (or disulfhydryl or hydroxyl/sulfhydryl type) linkers are also convenient when the linkage between inverted polarity segments is to be effected between adjacent bases or between a base and a sugar moiety, or these can be used to link adjacent sugars directly without the inclusion of the phosphodiester or analog thereof. In these instances, it 2~~:.~536 is generally more convenient to synthesize the switchback nucleotide dimer independently, and then to insert the dimer, again using standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques, into the oligonucleotide to be formed.
Alternate linker functionalities can be convenient when adjacent base moieties are to be used, however, in general, convenient forms of linkers are those derived from dihydroxy, diamino (or disulfhydryl or hydroxyl/sulfhydryl) compounds which can be suitably protected and activated so as to integrate them into the standard oligonucleotide synthesis protocol or otherwise used to obtain inverted dimeric nucleotides.
The significant step in the integration of these linkers, however, is that the subsequent additions to the oligomer, after the linker is inserted, are activated and deprotected nucleotides having opposite polarity from that of the preceding portion of the sequence.
Thus, illustrative suitable linkers are or include residues of diols of the following formulas or their analogous diamines (or alcohol amines). For ease of representation, the diol structures are used, but it should be kept in mind that either or both hydroxyl functionality may be replaced by an amino group or a sulfhydryl group.
HO(CH2)nlOH, wherein nl is an integer that is usually 1-15, but can also be in an extended form. One or more of the -CH2- groups may be replaced by O, S or NH, provided such replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom. (When integrated into formula 1' or 2', therefore, this linker will give "A" as a residue of the formula -(CH2)nl-) ' In particular, the diol may represent a polyethylene glycol of the formula HO(CH2CH20)n2H, wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
'~ 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128 The linker may also contain unsaturation, so that it may be of the exemplary formulas:
HOCH2(CX2CX2)n3CH20H, wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X or adjacent C is independently H or a n bond; or HOCH2(CX2CX2)n4CH2(CX2CX2)n5CH20H, wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X or an adjacent C is independently H or together are a > bond.
In these embodiments also, one or more methylene groups may be replaced, provided it is not adjacent to an additional heteroatom, by O, S or NH.
The dihydroxy, diamino or equivalent linker compound may also be cyclic, either non aromatic or aromatic. Nonaromatic embodiments include diols such as cis- or traps-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or traps-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran, and cis- or traps-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two noninterfering alkyl(1-4C) substituents, or may include N-heterocycles such as piperazine or piperidine.
Linkers containing aromatic rings may include residues of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4 dihydroxy methylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethyl benzene; 2,6-di-hydroxy methylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaph-thalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxy propenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxy propenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxy-propynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxy-propynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naph-thalene. Figure 1 shows the coupling using 1,4-dihy-droxymethylbenzene as it bridges either two ribosyl or two xylosyl residues. As a portion of the inverted 14 Recd PCT/PTO 01 ~ ~"~ 1991 ~T/~IS 90/0612 ~- - 2071536 polarity oligonucleotides, the DMT and phosphonate residues shown would be replaced by extended nucleotide strands. Similar representations could include others of the above linkers, in particular, 1,2- and 1,3-derivatized dihydroxymethyl benzene.
In addition, the linker may carry additional functional groups, such as anthraquinone and be fairly complex; an example of this type of linker is:
-OCH2CH20CHzCH2 NMe O MeNCH2CH20CH2CH20-The length and type of internucleotide linkage at the inverted junction will depend in part on the charge concentration (e.g., polyphosphodiester groups may be too highly concentrated in charge) and on the distance required to span the major groove in the duplex in order to achieve the required triple helix binding. It is presently considered that spanning the two strands of the duplex through a 5'-5' switchback involves no null bases, while a 3'-3' switchback involves 1-4 null bases in the duplex target. In general, the oligomer spacing accounts for 0-4 null bases, depending on the embodiment. (A
"null" base refers to a base pair in the DNA duplex that does not hydrogen bond to the third strand moiety.) The length of the linker can be adjusted accordingly. The proper length and type of linkage may be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art using routine optimization procedures.
~B~TIItE SHEET
IPEA/US
A particular application of a switchback or inverted polarity motif lies in stabilization of oligonucleotides with respect to nuclease degradation.
Even a single inversion of nucleotide linkage, preferably at the 3' terminus, will result in enhanced stability.
As illustrated in Example 6 below, oligonucleotides with an inverted base moiety at the 3' terminus, either through a phosphodiester or derivatized phosphoramidate linkage exhibit enhanced stability in the presence of fetal calf serum.
Synthesis Methods For the embodiments of formulas 1' and 2', the synthesis of oligonucleotides having inverted polarity may be accomplished utilizing standard solid phase synthesis methods.
This oligonucleotide chain elongation will proceed in conformance with a predetermined sequence in a series of condensations, each one of which results in the addition of another nucleotide. Prior to the addition of a nucleoside having an activated phosphite/ phosphate, the protecting group on the solid support-bound nucleotide is removed. Typically, for example, removal of the commonly-employed dimethoxytrityl (DMT) group is done by treatment with 2.5% v/v dichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane, although 1% w/v trichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane or ZnBr2-saturated nitromethane, are also useful. Other deprotection procedures suitable for other protecting groups will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. The deprotected nucleoside or oligonucleotide bound to solid support is then reacted with the suitably protected nucleotide containing an activated phosphite/ phosphate. After each cycle the carrier bound nucleotide is preferably washed with anhydrous pyridine/ acetonitrile (1:1, v/v), again 14 Recd PC?~ P''1'0 01 ~ ~ ~ 1991 '~'c,~~ ~~/C~1~ 1 deprotected, and the condensation reaction is completed in as many cycles as are required to form the desired number of congruent polarity internucleotide bonds which will be converted to phosphoramidates, phosphoro-dithioates, phosphorothioates or phosphodiesters as desired.
In one embodiment, to provide the switchback, the incoming activated, protected nucleoside is provided in the opposite polarity to the support-bound oligomers.
Thus, for example, where the support-bound oligomer is 3'-~5', the deprotected 5' hydroxyl is reacted with a 3'-protected, 5'-activated monomer, and the synthesis continued with monomers activated at the 5' position and protected at the 3' position.
In another embodiment, to provide a linker in the switchback, a dinucleoside containing the linker element having one end which is activated for condensation (such as a hydrogen phosphonate) to the support-bound oligonucleotide and another end which is a protected hydroxyl group (or protected thio group) is condensed onto the support-bound oligonucleotide. The linker containing dinucleoside is condensed and deprotected using the same conditions as those used to condense and deprotect the protected nucleoside hydrogen phosphonate. Subsequent extension of the oligonucleotide chain then uses oligonucleotide residues which are activated and protected in the opposite manner from those used to synthesize the previous portion of the chain.
One approach to this synthesis, using a linker already derivatized to two nucleotide residues which will be included in each portion of the strand is illustrated in Figure 2. The 5'~3' nucleotide portion of the strand is coupled with 3' DMT 5' phospite nucleosides, as conventionally, to solid support. The linker is derivatized to two nucleotide residues through their 3' SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO o ~ ~ a ~ 19~~
~ °~~Ob 12~
_ 2071536 positions; the remaining 5' positions are derivatized by the protecting group DMT in one nucleotide residue and a phosphonate residue in the other. The derivatized linker is coupled to the solid supported strand under standard reagent conditions and then deprotected conventionally.
Further standard nucleotide coupling results in extension of the chain in the 3'-~5' orientation.
The reactions to illustrate the formation of the 3'-3' coupled synthon used in Figure 2, wherein is exemplified linkage of the 3' positions in adjacent sugar residues through 1,4-di(hydroxymethyl)benzene (xylene derivative) is shown in Reaction Scheme 1.
In general, the first step shown is conducted at about 45°C for 24 hours and yields about 80-95% yield of the doubly-protected synthon shown as Formula 1, which is then partially purified through flash chromatography.
The second step which constitutes partial deprotection to obtain the monoprotected form of the compound, shown as Formula 2, is conducted at room temperature and takes only about 15 minutes. A mixture of products results, and the crude mixture can be used in the third step of the reaction which yields the phosphonate derivative usable in synthesis. As shown in Figure 2, a 5'~3' nucleotide chain derivatized as solid support is initially reacted with the synthon, followed by deprotection and subsequent reaction with 3' activated 5' protected nucleosides.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/l!S
WO 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128~, Reaction Scheme 1 T
1 ) xs. NaH / THF T
O OH
2) 1 eq. Nai ~-0 ° ~ ~ T
° o.D~r 3) 0.5 eq.
/ \ Br er a 5 °~fo DCA T
_1 _-O~IT-0 O ~ ~ T
CHICl2 / MeOH (1/1) off I _o 2 5 ~ O' P~ CI
DMT-0 O ~ ~ T °
2) Aq. TEAB (8.5) ~ ° II
O-P-O.
I
H
2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~/US90/06128 If coupling of the inverted portion of the oligonucleotide is through an internucleotide linkage conjugating the bases of adjacent nucleotides or the base of one nucleotide to the ribosyl moiety of the other, or adjacent ribosyl residues through linkages which do not involve activated phosphite/phosphate, it is preferable to form the dimeric nucleotide, which is then included in the synthesis in suitably activated and protected form.
For example, adjacent methyl cytosines or thymidines may be linked through the methyl groups at the 5-positions of the pyrimidine rings using a variety of techniques by converting the 5-position to, for example, hydroxymethyl, allyl amine, acrylic acid, or propenyl residues, as is commonly practiced. These reactive groups can then be further coupled through bifunctional linkers or by suitable alternate condensation to obtain dimeric forms of the methyl cytidine or thymidine, or mixed nucleosides. For inclusion of the dimer in the oligonucleotide of inverted polarity, the dimer is protected, if needed, in, for example, both 5' positions and activated in one 3~ position and protected in the other for continuation of the synthesis. Extension of the chain continues from the included dimer using nucleosides of inverted protection/activation patterns.
In one example, for a dimer wherein adjacent 5-positions of the bases are linked through -(CH=CH-CH2NH)2C0, the inclusion of this dimer to obtain a 5'-5' link can be shown diagrammatically in Figure 3 where SO
- polymeric or other solid phase support, PrB = a DMT
protecting group; PrC is a trimethyl acetyl protecting group; PA = activated phosphite/phosphate; and ~ is as defined above.
Dimers may also be formed between adjacent sugars, and the resulting dimers used as above in standard synthesis. For example, the 3' positions of two 14 Recd PCT/P10 01 ~ U ~ 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~"'~ 9~~0512$
ribosyl, xylosyl or ribosyl/xylosyl moieties on adjacent nucleotides may be linked through a p-dihydroxymethyl benaene or other linker such as suitably protected and phosphitylated 1,3-propylene glycol (PG) or 1,2-dideoxyribose (ddR) of the formula:
o~rt-0 o o~P%
hl o-and the 5' positions of the dimer used in subsequent synthesis. (For these latter two linkers, standard incorporation into the oligomer synthesis scheme can also be used.) In this case one 5'-position is protected with a DMT and the other is activated phosphite/phosphate.
Conversely, for adjacent sugars linked through the 5' position, one 3'-position is protected and the other activated. As stated above, the geometry of the oligonucleotide at the linkage site will be affected by the configuration of the 3' carbons involved in the linkage.
As stated above, all of the internucleotide linkages in the resulting oligomer need not be identical.
By use of appropriate synthesis techniques, some can be phosphodiesters, some phosphonates, some phosphor-amidates, etc.
As set forth above, the inverted polarity oligonucleotides of this invention may be derivatized.
One convenient method to form such derivatization is through the phosphoramidate linkage. The amine which is utilized to form the phosphoramidate may employ substituents that can confer useful properties to the oligonucleotide. For example, if an amine linked to a ~B~UTE SHEET
~PEA/US
2 ~ ~ 1 5 3 6 P~T/US90/06128 polyethylene glycol, a polypeptide or a lipophilic group is utilized, such a group may facilitate transport of the oligonucleotide through the cell membranes, thus increasing the cellular uptake of the oligonucleotide. A
substituent on the amine may also include a group which affects the target DNA to which the oligonucleotide will bind such as providing covalent linkages to the target strand to facilitate cleavage or intercalation of the switchback oligonucleotide to the target strand. The substituents on the amine may contain chromophoric groups such as fluorescein or other labels, including radio-active labels, chelating agents and metal chelated ions, to label the oligonucleotide for identification. The substituents may thus also serve a cutting function (i.e., a site for cutting the duplex) or a receptor function such as a receptor ligand. The substituents on the amine which form the phosphoramidate linkage may thus be virtually any moiety which does not prevent the oligonucleotide from binding to the target duplex.
More than one derivatizing moiety may also be used as two or more phosphoramidate linkages need not contain the same substituents. This may be accomplished by generating a first nucleotide hydrogen phosphonate linkage and then oxidizing it with a first amine, generating a second hydrogen phosphonate linkage and oxidizing it with a second (different) amine.
While the formation of the phosphoramidate linkage provides a convenient method for attaching the groups which derivatize the oligonucleotide to confer useful properties, other methods may also be used. The useful substituents may be attached to the sugar moieties or to the bases, or by any other method generally known in the art.
After completion of the synthesis, the oligonucleotide is separated from the carrier using 20 7 .1 5 3 6 conventional methods, such as, by incubation with concentrated ammonium hydroxide. Any protecting groups (for example, on the purine or pyrimidine bases) may be removed using, for example, the conventional concentrated ammonia reagent. The oligonucleotide is then purified by conventional means such as HPLC, PAGE (polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) or any other conventional technique.
It will be understood that while the above method has been described in connection with use of a solid state carrier, it is also possible to conduct the synthesis without the use of a solid state support. In such an event, in place of the support a 3'-hydroxy pro-tecting group which is different from the 5' protecting group used in the course of the condensation, may be utilized so that the 5' protecting group may be selec-tively removed while the 3' protecting group remains intact.
Binding Properties The oligonucleotides of the invention including those with inverted polarity are designed to effect triplex formation with target oligonucleotide duplexes.
In vitro conditions for the triplex formation are variable, but in order to be maximally effective in use for the treatment of disease or for analysis as described hereinbelow, it is generally preferred that the triplex formation be effected under physiological conditions.
The manner of triplex formation will depend, of course, on the design of the oligonucleotide.
It will be understood that those oligomers which are designed to participate in CT-type motifs will contain, in those regions intended for CT binding, mostly pyrimidine-based nucleotides. Those regions of the oligonucleotides intended to participate in GT-type binding will contain mainly purine-type nucleotides. For 14 Recd PCT/PTO a 1 ~'~ ~ 1~,1 oligonucleotides of the invention which maintain the same binding motif but are intended to cross over between the strands of the target duplex, an inversion of polarity will be provided. Thus, the nucleotides will comprise, on one side of the 3'-3' (or 5'-5') inversion, bases which bind to one strand of the duplex according to the motif chosen, with the bases on the other side of the 3'-3' (or 5'-5') junction selected to be bases which will bind to the subsequent bases on the opposite strand of the duplex according to the same motif.
In this manner triple helix recognition may be extended by switching recognition from one strand of the duplex to the other and then back again, if desired.
Also, certain nucleases may be blocked, since the oligonucleotides according to the present invention can present ends not recognizable by exonucleases. Thus, oligonucleotides having two 5'-ends, will be resistant to 3'-exonucleases.
Since the switchback oligonucleotides of the invention are intended to expand the strength of binding to duplex DNA, the sequence of nucleotides in each portion of the oligonucleotide is determined by the sequence of bases in the target duplex. For the CT
motif, target duplex sequences which contain multiple adenyl residues in a homopurine region of one chain, followed by a region of homopurines comprising guanines in the opposite strand will mandate a switchback oligonucleotide which is polyT in the same polarity as the polyA tract followed by polyC in the same polarity as that of the polyG tract. Alternating A/G sequences in the first strand of the target duplex will mandate alternating T/C sequences in a first region of oligomer parallel to the enriched purine target, followed by a sequence of inverted polarity which is parallel to the second strand sequential sequence in the duplex.
SUSsnrurE sHE~r I PEA~US
14 Recd PCT/PTO o 1 ~ a ~ 1991 ~/~ 90/Ob I _ .
It will be understood, of course, the GT motif may be maintained throughout an inverted polarity oligomer designed to cross over strands in a duplex which are enriched in guanine residues such as the sequence 5'-GGGGCCCC-3' and its complement. This oligomer would be 3'-GGGG-GGGG-3'.
In an alternate approach to providing an oligonucleotide which will cross over between the two strands of the duplex, the oligonucleotide will be provided in a single polarity, but with proximal regions of differing binding motifs. Thus, for example, if the target oligonucleotide has a region of multiple adenyl residues in a homopurine region of one chain, followed by a region of homopurines comprising guanine in the opposite strand, as described above, an alternate approach would be to provide an oligonucleotide containing polyT region of polarity parallel to that of the polyA tract, followed by polyG in the same polarity as the polyT. In general, this approach is appropriate for target oligonucleotides of this type, wherein the oligomers of a single polarity will comprise regions rich in thymine proximal to regions rich in guanine.
The oligonucleotides of inverted polarity are also useful when it is desired to target only one strand of the duplex in order to effect triplex formation.
Under these circumstances, the inversion of polarity will be accompanied by an alteration of the binding motif.
Such oligomers are useful when the duplex contains regions of purine enrichment along a single strand. To modify the foregoing example to fit this model, a target duplex which contains on the 5'~3' strand a polyA region followed by polyG region could effectively be targeted by an oligomer which contains polyT with a 5'~3' orientation SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
followed by polyG with 3'-~5' orientation, thus switching at the point of inverted polarity, from the CT to the GT
motif.
Although, for simplicity, the oligomers of the invention have been described as fitting only one of three "categories"--i.e., inverted polarity maintaining . the same motif; inverted polarity correlated with a switch in motif; single polarity and a switch in motif;
it is clear that these categories can reside together on a single oligomer whose binding mode to form the triplex thus varies along the targeted duplex. Thus, an inverted polarity segment wherein the inversion is accompanied by a motif switch could be followed by an additional inversion wherein the motif is maintained. In the first inversion, accompanied by the motif switch, a single strand of the duplex will be targeted; at the second inversion wherein the motif is maintained, the oligomer will cross over to recognize the second strand of the duplex.
The sequence design of the oligomers which are intended to cross over between strands of the target duplex must take account of null bases residing in the duplexes which are effectively out of position to participate in the binding. The geometry at present is not completely understood; however, it is clear that the presence of any null bases must be accounted for. The geometry of the double helix results in a spacing requirement so that at a 3'-3' linkage in the oligonucleotide with a CT-CT motif there will be approximately 0-4, probably 1-2 essentially null bases in the duplex; there appear to be no null bases required in the case of the 5'-5' switchback. The opposite is true for combinations of 3'-3' linked GT-GT motif. The null base spacing can be provided by arbitrary nucleotide 2p71536 insertions or, alternatively, the length of a linker moiety may be adjusted to compensate for this.
In addition to enhanced capability to bind to the duplex by formation of a triplex through crossing over between strands and triplex association based on target regions in a single strand, inverted polarity oligonucleotides may also form D-loops with the duplex.
In this situation, the region of a first polarity may, for example, form a triplex, while the inverted portion displaces a section of one strand of the duplex to result in a substitute duplex in the relevant region. The design of the sequence of bases in the oligonucleotide takes account of this by utilization of a sequence which is designed to base pair hybridize to the target strand.
Utilitv and Administration As the oligonucleotides of the invention are capable of significant duplex binding activity to form triplexes or other forms of stable association, these oligonucleotides are useful in "antisense" therapy.
"Antisense" therapy as used herein is a generic term which includes the use of specific binding oligonucleotides to inactivate undesirable DNA or RNA
sequences in vitro or in vivo. Because of their superior binding ability to duplex DNA, oligonucleotides of the invention are particularly helpful in this regard.
Most diseases and other conditions are characterized by the presence of undesired DNA or RNA, some of which may be in duplex form. These diseases and conditions can be treated using the principles of antisense therapy as is generally understood in the art.
Antisense therapy includes targeting a specific DNA or RNA sequence through complementarity or through any other specific binding means, in the case of the present invention by sequence-specific orientation in the major groove of the DNA double helix.
In addition to antisense applications, wherein specific sequence recognition is significant, alternate therapeutic mechanisms for oligomers of the invention can be advantageously employed. Such oligomers are generally useful as inhibitors of polymerases such as viral polymerases, to interfere with binding factors to nucleic acids such as transcription initiating or inhibiting factors, to induce the production of interferon endogenously, and so forth. The oligomers of the invention may be administered singly, or combinations of oligomers may be administered for adjacent or distant targets or for combined effects of antisense mechanisms with the foregoing general mechanisms.
In therapeutic applications, the oligomers are utilized in a manner appropriate for antisense therapy in general or to take advantage of the alternate therapeutic mechanisms set forth above. For such therapy, the oligomers can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic, topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remincrton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, latest edition. The oligomer active ingredient is generally combined with a carrier such as a diluent or excipient which may include fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surface-active agents, or lubricants, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
Typical dosage forms include tablets, powders, liquid preparations including suspensions, emulsions and solutions, granules, capsules and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations.
Zp71536 For systemic administration, injection is preferred, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous. For injection, the oligomers of the invention are formulated in liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution. In addition, the oligomers may be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use.
Lyophilized forms are also included.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means, or the compounds can be administered orally. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives for transmucosal administration. In-addition, detergents may be used to facilitate permeation. Transmucosal adminis-tration may be through use of nasal sprays, for example, or suppositories. For oral administration, the oligomers are formulated into conventional oral administration forms such as capsules, tablets, and tonics.
For topical administration, the oligomers of the invention are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams, as is generally known in the art.
In addition to use in therapy, the oligomers of the invention may be used as diagnostic reagents to detect the presence or absence of the target DNA or RNA
sequences to which they specifically bind. Such diagnostic tests are conducted by hybridization through triple helix formation which is then detected by conventional means. For example, the oligomers may be labeled using radioactive, fluorescent, or chromogenic labels and the presence of label bound to solid support detected. Alternatively, the presence of a triple helix may be detected by antibodies which specifically recognize these forms. Means for conducting assays using such oligomers as probes are generally known.
In addition to the foregoing uses, the ability of the oligomers to inhibit gene expression can be verified in ~n v' o systems by measuring the levels of expression in recombinant systems.
The following examples are provided to illustrate but not to limit the invention.
Example 1 Prebaration of 3'-DMT-N4-benzo~l-dC-5'-H-phosphonate 6.4g (10 mmole) of 5'-DMT N4-benzoyl deoxy-C is dried from 100 ml of pyridine, dissolved into 100 ml of pyridine and to this is added 4g (11.8 mmole) of DMT-C1 and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for three days. The reaction mixture is evaporated to approximately half the volume and diluted with 100 ml of CH2C12, wash with 5% sodium bicarbonate (2 x 100 ml), dry over sodium sulfate and evaporate to dryness. The crude mixture is dissolved into 100 ml of toluene and evaporated to a foam, and this is repeated one more time.
The solid is taken up in 50 ml of diethyl ether/50 ml of CH2C12 and precipitated into 900 ml of hexane at room temperature. The solid is isolated and dissolved into 15 ml of CH2C12, cool to 0°C and add 100 ml of saturated ZnBr2 in isopropanol/CH2C12 (15/85) and stirred for 15 minutes. Reaction mixture is quenched into 400 ml of 1M NH4 OAc, the organic layer separated and wash with NaHC03 (1 x 200 ml), dry over Na2S04 and evaporate.
Purify by silica gel chromatography (CH2C12/5% MeOH) to yield 50% of the 5'-OH product.
The 5'-OH nucleoside is dried from 50 ml of pyridine then taken up in 10 ml pyridine and 10 ml of 14 Recd PCT/P10 01 J U L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~~~ ~~~0612e methylene chloride, to which is added 2 eq. of 1M
PA/CH2C12 in 5 ml of pyridine. This mixture is stirred at r.t. for 15 minutes and quenched into 1M TEAR, the layers are separated, and the organic layer is washed with TEAB (1 time), dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The reagent PA is van Boom's Reagent, 2-chloro-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxaphosphorin-4-one.
The nucleoside H-phosphonate is purified by silica gel chromatography (1% triethylamine/CH2C12) with a MeOH
gradient.
Examgle 2 Preparation of 3'-DMT-thymidine 5' H phosnhonate 1.2g (5 mmole) of thymidine is dried from 50 ml of pyridine, taken up in 20 ml of pyridine and under Ar is added 820 mg (5.5 mmole) of t-butyldimethyl silyl chloride in 5 ml of pyridine. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for one day, concentrated to approxi-mately 10 ml, diluted with 75 ml of CH2C12, washed with 5% NaHC03, back extracted the aqueous with CH2C12, dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The crude nucleoside is dried from 20 ml pyridine, taken up in 30 ml pyridine and to it is added 1.7g (5 mmole) of DMT-C1 and 0.4 ml of triethylamine, after which the mixture is stirred for three days. After evaporation to approximately 10 ml, the mixture is diluted with 75 ml of CH2C12 and washed with NaHC03 (2 x 100 ml), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated.
The 5'-OH nucleoside is taken up into 60 ml THF and 20 ml of 1M TBAF/THF is added. After stirring for one hour, the mixture is evaporated to an oil, taken up in CH2C12 and applied to silica gel column. Yield 50%. The 5'-off nucleoside is then converted to H-phosphonate as in Example 1.
3 5 SUBSATU~'E SHEET
~Pf~/US
Example 3 Svnthesis of Oliaomer Containing Switchbacks Polynucleotide H-phosphonates condensed at the 3'-end to a solid polymer support are prepared as described by Froehler, et al., Nuc Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nuc Acids Res (1986) X4:5399-5467; and Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; using the DBU salt of 5'-protected nucleoside H-phosphonates.
After four couplings, one coupling cycle is performed using the ethylene glycol derivative:
~l~T-0-~C~=~~
t The polynucleotide H-phosphonate is then oxidized with aqueous I2 (O.iM in N-methyl morpholine/water/THF, 5/5/90) to form internucleotide diester linkages. Then five coupling cycles are performed using 3'-protected nucleoside 5'-H-phosphonates, prepared as in Examples 1 and 2. After these couplings the remaining H-phosphonate linkages on the polynucleoside are oxidized with 2-methoxyethylamine in Pyr/CC14 (1/5/5), to generate a 10-mer with five diester linkages (one of which is with the ethylene glycol linker) and five phosphoramidate linkages (one of which is with the ethylene glycol linker). The oligomer is removed from the solid support, deprotected with concentrated NH40H, purified by HPLC
(PRP) using an acetonitrile gradient in 50 m.M aqueous TEAP. DMT is removed using 80$ HOAc (R.T.) and the solvent is evaporated. The product is desalted, and isolated by evaporation.
207153fi Thus, in this manner the following are prepared, wherein Pl represents O
-O_ Ip_O-O
(having an ionization state determined by pH):
3' 5' 5' 3' C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C
3' S' 5' 3' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-C-T-C
3' S' 5' 3' T-T-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
3' S' S' 3' T-C-T-T-T-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T
By utilizing nucleosides derivatized to solid support through the 5' portion and extending the chain with the 3'-protected, 5'-activated nucleosides of Examples 1 and 2, followed by coupling to DMT-O-CH2CH2-Pl as above, followed by chain extension, with conventional 5'-protected, 3'-activated nucleosides, the following are Prepared.
5' 3' 3' S' C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C
5' 3' 3' 5' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-C-T-C
5, 3' 3' 5' T-T-C-C-C-PZ-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
5' 3' 3' S' T-C-T-T-T-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T
~4 ~'d PCT/PTO 01 J U L 19~~
H:T/US q~iobi2l By insertion of an additional linker, the following are prepared:
3' S' 5' 3' 3' S' C-C-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-P1-C-C-C-C-C
3' S' 5' 3' 3' S' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-P1-C-T-C-T-C-P1-CH2CH2-P1-C-T-C-T-C
3' S' S' 3' 3' 5' T-T-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-T-T-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
3' S' 5' 3' ~ 3' 5' T-C-T-T-T-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-T-C-T-T-T-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T.
Example 4 Synthesis and Assay of a Recognition Switchback Using the methods of Example 3, a switchback 24-mer linked with propylene glycol was prepared of the formula:
5' TCTTTCTTTTCTTT - TCTTCTTTTT 5' 3' 3' Linker The duplex DNA to which this oligomer binds has a 26-by target region having 2 null bases to accommodate the switchback. This target region is of the formula:
5' AGAAAGAAAAGAAAAATTTCTTCTTTTT 3' 3' TCTTTCTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAAAA 5' To assess the capacity of the switchback oligomer to bind the target region, an assay was conducted as follows. A 144-by fragment containing four 36-by cassettes, one of which corresponds to the desired target region, was cloned into pTZl8U, a commercially available cloning vector. The plasmid was cleaved and SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
WO 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128_ labeled at both ends with 32 PdCTP, and then digested with a second restriction enzyme to eliminate the label at one end and reduce the size of target DNA. The resulting 372 by fragment was purified using 5%
acrylamide gel.
The switchback oligomer (1 mmol) was incubated with 5 x 104 cpm labeled target in 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM
MgCl2, 50 mM MES, pH 6, at room temperature for one hour.
The reaction mixtures were then treated with 0.5 mg/ml DNAse-I for 1 minute at room temperature, and extracted to terminate the digestion and remove protein.
The DNA was recovered by ethanol precipitation, and the samples were loaded onto 8% polyacrylamide gel in 80%
formamide and run under denaturing conditions for 2 hours at 60 watts. The gel was dried and placed on film overnight. The results showed that the oligomer provided protection against DNAse-I activity indicating formation of triple stranded structures in the target region and not in related target sequences. Protection is extended over approximately 20 by region, as determined with a 14-mer control.
Example 5 Triplex Forming' Oligomers With Respect to Target Duplexes Associated With Disease A search through databases containing DNA
sequences associated with particular disease conditions provides some illustrative targets shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4A shows a region of a double-stranded portion of the Herpes simplex I genome. Several invention oligomers can be utilized to target this region.
First, an oligonucleotide of the formula:
14 Recd PCT/Pt~ o l J'J L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~ 9~~~6121 5'-TTTTTTCTTTTTCT- ~ -CCCC-5' (1) 3'--3' linker which contains a region of inverted polarity but maintains CT motif throughout. This oligomer will effect a crossover between the upper strand wherein the thymine residues target the adenyl-rich portion of the duplex by virtue of the inverted polarity to the polyC tract which targets the polyG region in the opposite strand.
An alternative approach would be to design an oligonucleotide of formula (2) which employs a motif switch from CT to GT to effect the crossover.
5'-TTTTTTCTTTTTCT - GGGG-3' (2) Figure 4B shows a region of the human cyto-megalovirus genome which encodes the 67 kd phosphorylated protein. This region invites similar options.
Figure 4C shows a portion of the gene encoding h~an IL-1B. For conditions characterized by an unwanted amount of this lymphokine, triplex formation using oligomer (3) or (4) could be employed.
5~-GGGGGGG - TTTTTTTTTTTT-3' (3) 3'-CCCCCCC - TTTTTTTTTTT-3' (4) 5.--5.
linker Oligomer (3) is the converse of oligomer (2); it employs a motif switch to effect a crossing over of the targeted strands. On the other hand, oligomer (4), somewhat SUBSTITUTE SHE"
~PEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO
~~~Ir~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ 12~
_.
analogous in concept to oligomer (1), employs an inversion of polarity to effect the crossover.
Figure 4D offers an example of a region (a Varicella Zoster genome) wherein an opportunity is offered to maintain binding in at least a region of one strand. Thus, to maintain triplex formation through the GGGAAA portion of the upper strand as shown, the oligomers (5) or (6) could be employed.
5'-CCC - TTT-3' (5) 3'-GGG - TTT-3' (6) 5'--5' linker To effect the crossover between the A region and G region on opposite strands as shown, oligomers analogous to oligomer (1) and (2) would be needed; for binding to the region as a whole, therefore, there are a total of four possibilities: (5) in combination with (1) or (2), or (6) in combination with (1) or (2).
Figure 4E provides another example of a single strand target which is a portion of human 4EXB. A
suitable oligomer has the formula:
5'-TTTTT - GTGTGG-5'.
Example 6 Synthesis of an Inverted End-cagped OlicZonucleotide An 11-mer oligonucleotide of the sequence 5'-TTTTTCTCCAT, wherein the 3' terminal A-T linkage was modified to couple the 3' position of the adenyl residue with the 3' position of the thymidyl residue was synthesized using standard oligonucleotide synthesis methods, but with the thymidyl residue protected in the 3' position and attached to a solid support via the 5' hydroxyl. Both the phosphodiester and the methoxyethyl SUBSTIIUTE SHEET
IPEA/l!S
14 Re~'d PCt/PTO 01 ~ U ~ 199 ~T/!~S 90~Ob 12 S
amine (MEA) derivative of a phosphoramidate linkage were obtained. These oligomers were 5' end labeled using gamma 32P ATP and T4 kinase. The labeled oligonucleotide was then ligated to a 10-mer (5'-TCCAGTGATT) using T4 DNA
ligase in the presence of the 33-mer template:
5'-TCGCTGATGGAGA,AAAAAATCACTGGAGACCTC. The internally labeled 2i-mer 5'-TCCAGTGATT32pTTTTTCTCCAT was desalted with the C8 SPE column.
The internally labeled oligonucleotides were added to serum-containing media in an H938 human T
lymphoma cell culture at a concentration of 10 nM either with or without 20 ~M of unlabeled oligonucleotide. The degree of degradation was determined at various time points by polyacrylamide gel analysis. Under these conditions, a control 21-mer having no inverted linkage at the 3' terminus had a half-life of approximately 3 hours; however, both the inverted diester and amidate-linked experimental 21-mers had half lives of more than 7 days.
Examgle 7 Synthesis of Ether-Linked Dinucleoside H-Phosphonates The meta-xylyl linked analog of the compound of Formula 3 shown in Reaction Scheme 1 hereinabove was synthesized as described in this example. This compound contains a 5' DMT-protected thymidyl residue linked through the 3' position through a 1,3-xylyl residue and to an additional.thymidine residue through the 3' position. The second thymidyl is activated at the 5' position with a phosphonate residue.
400 mg (36 mmol) of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil) was washed with anhydrous THF (2 x 10 mL), suspended into 20 mL anhydrous THF and to this was added 545 mg (1.0 mmol) of 5'-DMT protected nucleoside with stirring under Ar. After evolution of H2 had stopped SUBSTITUTE SNEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO p 1 ~ U L 1,991 20 7 1 5 3 6 _ ' ~"T~ ~~~~612~
150 mg (1.0 mmol) of NaI and 132 mg (0.5 mmole) a,a'-dibromo-m-xylene were added and the reaction mixture stirred at 40°C for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with sat'd NaHC03, evaporated to a gum, taken-up in CH2C12 (50 mL), washed with NaHC03 (2 x 50 mL), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The product (2 in Reaction Scheme 1) was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using MeOH/CH2C12 gradient (0-5%) and yielded the symmetrical dimer in 95% yield. This was then dissolved into 10 mL
of MeOH/CH2C12 (1/1) and to this was added with stirring mL of 10% DCA in MeOH/CH2C12 (1/1), after 10 min. the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat'd NaHC03, the layers separated and the organic layer washed with 15 sat'd NaHC03 (2 x 25 mL), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The crude material was coevaporated from anhydrous pyridine (2 x 20 mL), taken-up in 10 mL of Pyr/CH2C12 (1/1) and added to 5 mL of a 1M solution of PA/ in Pyr/Ch2C12 (1/1) at room temperature, stirred for 15 min. and poured into 75 mL of aq. TEAB (1 M, pH=8.5).
The H-phosphonate was purified by flash chromatography to yield 100 mg (25%) of the xylyl 1,3-linked analog of compound 3 in Reaction Scheme 1.
Example 8 Determination of Tm A series of "9 x 9" oligonucleotides containing 9 nucleoside residues 5'~3', linked to 9 oligonucleotide residues linked 3'~5', were designed to form a triple helix with the target duplex of the sequence 5'-GAAAAAGAAATTTCTTCTT-3' 3'-CTTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAT-5' SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PC1/PTO 01 ~ ~ ~ 1991 ~il/uS 9 0 ~ 0 612a The 9 x 9 oligonucleotides were designed assuming one, two or three null bases in the duplex. Thus, the oligomer which assumes one null base pair will have the nucleotide sequence 5'-CTTTTTCTT-X-TTTCTTCTT-5'. (7) The oligomer designed assuming two null base pairs will have the sequence 5'-CTTTTTCTT-X-TTCTTCTTT-5'. (8) The oligomer assuming three null base pairs will have the sequence 5'-TCTTTTTCT-X-TTCTTCTTT-5'. (9) In the above sequences, X represents a linker which is either the residue of an ortho, meta or para xylene, the residue of propylene glycol, the residue of 1,2-dideoxyribose (ddR) or thymidine (dT). Where the linker is a residue of ortho, meta or para xylene, the thymidyl residues shown on either side of the residue in the formulas may contain either ribose or xylose as the sugar moiety.
Thus, compounds of formulas (7), (8) and (9) were synthesized wherein X is PG, ddR or dT linked through the 3' positions of the adjacent thymidyl residues, or wherein X represents the residue of ortho, meta or para xylene and the thymidyl residues contain either ribose or xylose; in this instance, the "linker"
is denoted o-xylose, m-xylose, p-xylose; o-ribose, m-ribose, p-ribose; depending on whether the sugar residues in the adjacent thymidyl residues are ribose or xylose, although the thymidyl residues are shown in the formulas.
SUBSTITI~E SHEET
IPEA~US
14 Recd PCf/P10 01 J U L 1991 ~/~S 90/0612=
Measurement of thermal denaturation (Tm) was conducted using a Gilford Response II temperature control spectrophotometer. The heating rate was about 0.25°C/min from 15°C-75°C. The final concentration of all three strands was about 2 uM. Buffers were prepared from 140 mM KC1/5 mM sodium phosphate/5 mM magnesium chloride and brought to pH 6.2. Prior to the Tm measurement, buffers were degassed with argon and pH adjusted to the correct value. Tm values were determined by a first derivative plot of absorbance vs. temperature.
The results are shown in Table 3.
Table 3 Tm of 9 x 9 Switchbacks (3'-3') at pH = 6.2 i a 1l nbo 22 nbp 3nbo o-xylose 42.1 47.6 nd m-xylose 39.2 31.7 nd p-xylose 37.5 33.4 nd o-ribose nd 34.8 26.6 m-ribose nd 32.2 26.1 p-ribose nd 31.4 22.3 PG nd 34.9 29.1 ddR nd 34.2 28.9 dT nd 32.2 33.7 nd = not determined IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO ~ 1 ~ a ~ 1991 ~rNs 90~o6~2a These results indicate the nature of the linkage can be designed to accommodate the number of null base pairs in the target.
The binding of the oligomer to the target duplex was also assessed in a manner similar to that set forth in Example 4 as follows. About 0.1 nmol target DNA
labeled with about 50,000 cpm of p32 inserted into a host vector was incubated with various concentrations of the test oligonucleotide over a range of 0.1-100 ~M in 50 ~1 reaction buffer (20 mM MES, pH 6.0, 10 mM MgCl2, 100 mM
NaCl) for about 1 hour at room temperature to form the triplex. The triplex was treated with 0.2 units DNAseI
for 1 min at room temperature and the reaction was stopped with 2 ~1 0.5 M ETDA. A 2 ~g sample of carrier tRNA was added and the reaction mixture was precipitated with ethanol. The pellet was resuspended in 3 ~,1 80%
formamide, heated for 5 min at 90°C and run on a 6%
denaturing polyacrylamide gel to obtain a footprint.
Protection by the 9 x 9 mers was shown by absence of cleavage products of the target in the gel.
Example 9 CooBerative Effect of X~lose Linkers In a manner similar to that set forth in Example 8, above, a 28-mer of the sequence 5' AGAAAAAGAAATTTCTTCTTTTTCTTTT 3' 3' TCTTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAAAAGAAAA 5' was used as a target. The following oligonucleotides were designed to target this duplex assuming two null bases in the duplex.
5'-TTTCTTTTTCTTCTT-"o-xylose"-TCT-5' (10) 3 5 SUBSTItUTE SHEEt 1 PEA~US
'~~O 91/06626 PCT/US90/0612f~..
5'TTTTTCTTCTTT-"o-xylose"-TTCTTT-5' (11) 5'-TTTCTTTTTCTTCTT-PG-TTC-5' (12) 5'-CTTTTTCTTCTT-PG-TTCTTT-5' (13) Formula 10 is a 15 x 3 switchback oligomer having an o-xylose based linkage; formula il is a 12 x 6 switchback containing an o-xylose derived linker;
formula 12 represents a 15 x 3 switchback with a propylene glycol linker; formula 13 represents a 12 x 6 switchback with a propylene glycol linker. The oligomers were tested for triplex formation using Tm measurements as described in Example 8 above. A control oligonucleotide of the sequence 5'-TTCTTTTTCTTCTTT-3' gave a Tm of 34.1°C. The compounds of formulas 12 and 13 gave comparable or lower Tms; the Tm for formula 12 was 34.2°C, that for formula 13 was 26.5°C. However, the oligomers containing o-xylose type linkages showed a dramatic enhancement in Tm; for formula 10, 44.7°C, and for formula 11, 41.6°C.
A diagrammatic summary of the three triple helix forming strategies is found in Figure 5.
Figure 5A shows the strategy of inverted polarity with constant motif; figure 5B shows the approach of constant polarity and motif switch and figure 5C shows oligomers which bind to a single strand target region (without crossover).
suBSTiTUT~ s~~~~
The invention also relates to a method to bind at least two proximal portions of a single strand of a duplex using oligonucleotides with inverted polarity.
According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided an oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide sequence containing at least three nucleotide residues, said sequence having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and, coupled thereto, a second nucleotide sequence containing at least one nucleotide residue, said second sequence having polarity inverted from that of the first sequence, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA
or RNA.
The 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the ~v ,, y..
_W
-6a- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The first and second sequences may be covalently bonded through a linkage comprising a linker residue wherein said linker residue is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a l0 hydroxyl. The linker residue may be a residue of a diol or diamine. The diol or diamine is of the formula: HZ(CHZ)n~ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-15 and one or more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula: HZ(CH2CH20)"2H, wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula HZCHZ(CX2CX2)r,sCHzZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a ~ bond.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula HZCH2(CXZCX2)~4CH2(CXZCX2)~5CH2ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a bond.
The diol or diamine may contain a ring system, and the ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring system ring may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans--2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
-6b- 20 7 1 5 3 6 The ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene,1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;1,2-bi(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,5-bis(3-2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene;
and hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
The first and second sequence through may be covalently bonded a linkage of the formula:
X X
X-P X-A-X-P X-Y Y
n Wherein Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, 0- or S-; X is 0, S or NR; wherein each R
is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C); n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl. All X may be O. All Y may be O.
The linker residue, A, may be a residue of a diol or diamine. The linker residue may comprise a ring system. The ring may be aromatic. The aromatic ring may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3 iR
-6c-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene; 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
The ring may be non aromatic. The nonaromatic ring may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane, or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans 3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans--2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZ(CH2)"~ZH, wherein each Z is independently 0 or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-10 and one of more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH, provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZ(CH2CH20)"2H, wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula; HZCH2(CX2CX2)~3CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a ~ bond.
The diol or diamine may be of the formula;
HZCH2(CX2CX2)"4CH2(CX2CX2)"5CH2ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a ~ bond.
According to a second aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for binding an oligonucleotide to portions of both strands of a target double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of: contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex; wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently -6d-coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
In the oligonucleotide, the 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
l0 In the oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
In the oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence may be covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
The first and second sequences may be covalently coupled through a linkage comprising a linker residue.
The linker residue may be a residue of a diol or diamine.
The diol or diamine may contain the residue of a nonaromatic or aromatic ring or ring system. The ring or ring system may be cyclohexene or cyclopentene or the ring or ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring or ring system may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran, and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan being either unsubstituted, or substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
The ring or ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring or ring ~y .
-6e- 20 7 1 5 3 6 system may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
The first and second sequences are covalently coupled through a linkage of the formula:
X X
il il X-P X-A-X-P X-I I
Y Y
n wherein: P-Y is P-H, P-OR, P-SR, P-NR2, P-O-, or P-S-; X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl (6-12C), aralkyl (7-20C) or alkaryl (7-20C); n is 0 or 1; and A is a residue of a linker group. All X may be 0.
All P-Y may be P-OR or P-O-.
The linker residue A may be a residue of a diol or diamine.
The linker residue may comprise a ring or ring system. The ring or ring system may be aromatic. The aromatic ring or ring system may be benzene or naphthalene.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3 hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
The ring or ring system may be nonaromatic. The nonaromatic ring or ring system may be piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
The diol may be selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either unsubstituted or -6f- 2p 7 1 5 3 6 substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
Brief Description of the Drawin4s Figure 1 shows a 1,4-dihydroxylmethyl benzen-mediated linkage between two adjacent ribosyl residues and two adjacent xylosyl residues.
Figure 2 shows an outline of a reaction scheme to include a "switchback" of the type illustrated in Figure 1.
Figure 3 shows an outline of the reaction scheme to include a dimer synthon in the oligomer to obtain a "switchback" or polarity reversal.
Figure 4 shows a series of candidate duplexes containing purine-rich regions on a single strand of the duplex.
Figure 5 shows an outline of the types of oligomers envisioned.
Modes for Carrying Out the Invention As used herein "oligonucleotide" is generic to polydeoxyribonucleotides (containing 2'-deoxy-D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., DNA, to polyribonucleotides (containing D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., RNA, and to any other type of polynucleotide which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base.
WO 91/06626 'CT/US90/06128 _,_ The term "nucleoside" or "nucleotide" will similarly be generic to ribonucleosides or ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleosides or deoxyribonucleotides, or to any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base. Thus, the stereochemistry of the sugar carbons may be other than that of D-ribose in certain limited residues, as further described below.
"Nucleoside" and "nucleotide" include those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine bases, but also heterocyclic bases which have been modified. Such modifications include alkylated purines or pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other heterocycles. Such "analogous purines" and "analogous pyrimidines" are those generally known in the art, many of which are used as chemotherapeutic agents.
An exemplary but not exhaustive list includes 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylamino-methyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N6-isopentenyl-adenine, 1-methyl-adenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methyl-inosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methyl-guanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-methyl-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyl uracil, 5-methoxy aminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosyl-queosine, 5'methoxycarbonylmethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thio cytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, N-uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, and 2,6-diaminopurine. "Nucleosides" or "nucleotides" also include those which contain modifications in the sugar 2p71536 _8_ moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with halogen, aliphatic groups, or functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like. Examples of modified nucleosides or nucleotides include, but are not limited to:
2-aminoadenosine 2'-deoxy-2-aminoadenosine 5-bromouridine 2'-deoxy-5-bromouridine 5-chlorouridine 2'-deoxy-5-chlorouridine 5-fluorouridine 2'-deoxy-5-fluorouridine 5-iodouridine 2'-deoxy-5-iodouridine 5-methyluridine (2'-deoxy-5-methyluridine is the same as thymidine) inosine 2'-deoxy-inosine xanthosine 2-deoxy-xanthosine Furthermore, as the a anomer binds to duplexes in a manner similar to that for the B anomers, one or more nucleotides may contain this linkage or a domain thereof. (Praseuth, D., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA) (1988) 85:1349-1353).
The switchback oligonucleotides of the present invention may be of any length, but lengths of greater than or equal to about 10 nucleotides, and preferably greater than about 15, are preferred. However, the longer oligonucleotides may also be made, particularly those of greater than 50 nucleotides or greater than 100 nucleotides. Oligonucleotides may contain conventional internucleotide phosphodiester linkages or may contain modified forms such as phosphoramidate linkages. These alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to embodiments wherein a moiety of the formula P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO, or CONR2, wherein R is H (or a salt) or alkyl (1-12C) and R' is alkyl (1-6C) is joined 14 Recd PCtIPTO o 1 J a ~ 1991 ~/~S 9 0 / 0 b 12 to adjacent nucleotides through -O- or -S-. Not all such linkages in the same oligomer need to be identical.
Inversions of polarity can also occur in "derivatives" of oligonucleotides. "Derivatives" of the oligomers include those conventionally recognized in the art. For instance, the oligonucleotides may be covalently linked to various moieties such as intercalators, substances which interact specifically with the major or minor groove of the DNA double helix and other arbitrarily chosen conjugates, such as labels (radioactive, fluorescent, enzyme, etc.). These additional moieties may be derivatized through any convenient linkage. For example, intercalators, such as acridine can be linked through any available -OH or -SH, e.g., at the terminal 5' position of RNA or DNA, the 2' positions of RNA, or an OH, NH2, COOH or SH engineered into the 5 position of pyrimidines, e.g., instead of the 5 methyl of cytosine, a derivatized form which contains, for example, -CH2CH2NH2, -CH2CH2CH20H or -CH2CH2CH2SH in the 5 position. A wide variety of substituents can be attached, including those bound through conventional linkages. The indicated -OH moieties in the oligomers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be bound to the conjugated substituent. The 5' terminal OH may be phosphorylated; the 2'-OH or OH substituents at the 3' terminus may also be phosphorylated. The hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
Oligonucleotides or the segments thereof of 5'-~3' or 3'~5' polarity are conventionally synthesized.
Methods for such synthesis are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Research (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Research (1988) 16:4831-SUBSTITUTE SHED' IPEA/US ~
WO 91/06626 2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~'/US90/06128~..
4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6_:287-291;
Froehler, B., Tet Lett (1986) 27:5575-5578.
In general, there are two commonly used solid phase-based approaches to the synthesis of oligonucleotides containing conventional 3'-~5' or 5'-~3' linkages, one involving intermediate phosphoramidites and the other involving intermediate phosphonate linkages.
In the phosphoramidite based synthesis, a suitably protected nucleotide having a cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the position to be coupled is reacted with the free hydroxyl of a growing nucleotide chain derivatized to a solid support. The reaction yields a cyanoethyl-phosphite, which linkage must be oxidized to the cyanoethylphosphate at each intermediate step, since the reduced form is unstable to acid. The H-phosphonate-based synthesis is conducted by the reaction of a suitably protected nucleoside containing an H-phosphonate moiety at a position to be coupled with a solid phase-derivatized nucleotide chain having a free hydroxyl group, in the presence of a suitable activator to obtain an H-phosphonate diester linkage, which is stable to acid. Thus, the oxidation to the phosphate or thiophosphate can be conducted at any point during the synthesis of the oligonucleotide or after synthesis of the oligonucleotide is complete. The H-phosphonates can also be converted to phosphoramidate derivatives by reaction with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of carbon tetrachloride. To indicate the two approaches generically, the incoming nucleoside is regarded as having an "activated phosphite/phosphate"
group.
Variations in the type of internucleotide linkage are achieved by, for example, using the methyl phosphonate precursors rather than the H-phosphonates per se, using thiol derivatives of the nucleoside moieties 207153fi and generally by methods known in the art. Nonphos-phorous based linkages may also be used, such as the formacetal type linkages described and claimed in U.S.
Patent 5,264,564 filed on October 24, 1989 and December 11, 1989, in published PCT application US90/06110(WO/9106624) both assigned to the same assignee.
Thus, to obtain an oligonucleotide segment which has a 3'-~5' polarity, a nucleotide protected at the 5' position and containing an activated phosphite/phosphate group-at the 3' position is reacted with the hydroxyl at the 5' position of a nucleoside coupled to a solid support through its 3'-hydroxyl. The resulting condensed oligomer is deprotected and the reaction repeated with an additional 5'-protected, 3-'phosphite/phosphate activated nucleotide. Conversely, to obtain an oligomeric segment of 5'-3' polarity, a nucleotide protected in the 3' position and containing an activated phosphite/phosphate in the 5' position is reacted with a nucleotide oligomer or nucleoside attached to a solid support through the 5' position, leaving the 3'-hydroxyl available to react.
Similarly, after condensation of the incoming nucleotide, the 3' group is deprotected and reacted with an additional 3'-protected, 5'-activated nucleotide. The sequence is continued until the desired number of nucleotides have been added.
In addition to employing these very convenient and now most commonly used, solid phase synthesis techniques, oligonucleotides may also be synthesized using solution phase methods such as triester synthesis.
These methods are workable, but in general, less efficient for oligonucleotides of any substantial length.
The oligonucleotides of the invention which are -~, designed to target duplexes for triplex formation may have, as stated above, either uniform or mixed motifs and 14 Recd PCT/PTO 0 1 J U L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~ 90/051 2~
may or may not contain regions of inverted polarity.
With respect to variation in motif, portions of the oligomers may contain regions designed to effect CT-type binding; additional regions in the same oligomer are designed to effect GT-type binding. The regions designed to effect CT-type binding will be enriched in pyrimidine residues, as in this mode, the T-residues can be considered to target A-residues and C-residues can be considered to target G-residues in the duplex and the targeted purine regions are read in a parallel orientation with respect to the oligonucleotide. A
region of the oligonucleotide of the invention which effects CT binding will be pyrimidine rich and will contain a sequence designed to read a purine-enriched sequence on a strand of a target duplex in a parallel orientation.
Where all of the oligonucleotide is designed to effect the GT mode, of course, the oligomer will be enriched in purines. Thus, for mixed motif oligonucleotides, regions of pyrimidine enrichment will alternate with purine enrichment regions. Where the alteration in motif is combined with inverted polarity, in general, the transition from pyrimidine enrichment to, for example, purine enrichment will generally coincide with the region of inversion of polarity.
Whatever the design of the oligonucleotide, the strand of the duplex containing a purine-enriched region is formally targeted in order to rationalize the rules.
It is understood that this "targeting" of the purine-rich region is a matter of formality and the rules could be rewritten in terms of the pyrimidine-enriched strand, if desired.
~~SHEET
~~US
V~O 91/06626 2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~'/US90/06128 In their most general form, the inverted polarity oligonucleotides of the invention contain at least one segment along their length of the formula:
3~-__~,5~__C__5~_____3~ (1) or 5~___~3~__C__3~____-5~ (2) where -C- symbolizes any method of coupling the nucleotide sequences of opposite polarity.
In these formulas, the symbol 3'----5' indicates a stretch of oligomer in which the linkages are consistently formed between the 5' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide to the left with the 3' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide to the right, thus leaving the 5' hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleotide ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation. Analogously, 5'----3' indicates a stretch of oligomer in the opposite orientation wherein the linkages are formed between the 3' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the left nucleotide and the 5' hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleotide on the right, thus leaving the 3' hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleotide ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation.
The linkage, symbolized by -C-, may be formed so as to link the 5' hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (1) or the 3' hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues .n formula (2), or the "-C-"
linkage may conjugate other portions of the adjacent nucleotides so as to link the inverted polarity strands.
"-C-" may represent a linker moiety, or simply a covalent bond.
It should be noted that if the linkage between strands of inverted polarity involves a sugar residue, 2p71536 either the 3' or 2' position can be involved in the linkage, and either of these positions may be in either R
or S configuration. The choice of configuration will in part determine the geometry of the oligomer in the vicinity of the linkage. Thus, for example, if adjacent 3' positions are used to effect a covalent linkage, less severe deformation of the oligonucleotide chain will generally occur if both 3' hydroxyls involved in the linkage are in the conventional R configuration. If they are both in the S configuration, this will result in a "kink" in the chain.
In addition to the use of standard oligo-nucleotide synthesis techniques or other couplings to effect the 5'-5' or 3'-3' linkage between ribosyl moieties, alternative approaches to joining the two strands of inverted polarity may be employed. For example, the two appended bases of the opposing termini of the inverted polarity oligonucleotide sequences can be linked directly or through a linker, or the base of one can be linked to the sugar moiety of the other. Any suitable method of effecting the linkage may be employed.
The characterizing aspect of the switchback oligonucleotides of the invention is that they comprise tandem regions of inverted polarity, so that a region of 3'~5' polarity is followed by one of 5'-~3' polarity, or vice versa, or both.
Depending on the manner of coupling the segments with inverted polarity, this coupling may be effected by insertion of a dimeric nucleotide wherein the appropriate 3' positions of each member of the dimer or the 5' positions of each member of the dimes are activated for inclusion of the dimes in the growing chain, or the conventional synthesis can be continued but using for the condensing nucleotide a nucleotide which is protected/activated in the inverse manner to that which would be employed if the polarity of the chain were to remain the same. This additional nucleotide may also contain a linker moiety which may be included before or after condensation to extend the chain.
For example, in one illustrative embodiment of the formulas (1) and (2), these compounds include inversion-conferring linkages of the formulas:
X X
II II
O ~ X-P X-A-X-P X O-Y Y n (1') B B
X X
II II
X-P X-A-X-P X
O 'P Y Y ~ O
n (2' ) or v:~e more complete representation:
O
O X X
3o Y Y g O
n (1') O
~--OCH2 8 O
X X
II II
X-P X-A-X-P X
I I
Y Y
n B ~ CH20-.~ ( 2 ~ ) wherein:
B is any purine or pyrimidine base, modified purine or pyrimidine base, or any desired corresponding moiety of an analogous nucleotide and ~ represents a phosphodiester linkage or a conventional substitute therefor, such as methyl phosphonate;
Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O , or S ;
X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C);
n is O or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group.
Thus, in these representations, the bold line refers to the sugar, whereas B represents the bases. The within the diagonal line in the diagram denotes a phosphodiester or analogous bond. This diagonal line joins the end of one bold line and the middle of another.
These junctions refer to the 5'-OH and 3'-OH, respectively.
This type of linkage is convenient because -C-can be incorporated sequentially using the standard solid phase synthesis techniques. Although shown specifically to effect a 5'-5' or 3'-3' linkage, the linking portion per se can be used to couple sugar-sugar, sugar-base or base-base on adjacent switchback nucleotide residues.
Also, any linkage form can be included using a prelinked dimer in the solid phase sequence.
When n is 0 in the above embodiment, the 3'-3' or 5'-5' linkage is simply formed using standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques wherein the nucleotide to be added to the sequence is protected and activated in the opposite orientation from that which would be used if the original chain polarity were followed. When n=1, a linker is utilized to effect the inverted polarity linkage. There is no theoretical reason that n cannot be >1; however, generally it is more convenient to limit the synthesis to the intermediation of one linker.
When a linker moiety is employed, the phosphite/phosphate activated linker can be included directly in the continuing oligonucleotide synthesis, followed by coupling to the first nucleotide of the inverted sequence or the first such nucleotide can be supplied already derivatized to the phosphite/ phosphate activated linker. In general, the linker comprises a diol or diamine, the residue of which appears as "A" in formulas 1' and 2'. Thus, in a typical synthesis protocol, one hydroxyl (or amino) of the diol (or diamine) is protected and the other is an activated phosphite/phosphate. This protected form can be coupled to the oligonucleotide chain attached to the solid support and then deprotected and reacted with the subsequent nucleotide residue.
Similar diol or diamine type (or disulfhydryl or hydroxyl/sulfhydryl type) linkers are also convenient when the linkage between inverted polarity segments is to be effected between adjacent bases or between a base and a sugar moiety, or these can be used to link adjacent sugars directly without the inclusion of the phosphodiester or analog thereof. In these instances, it 2~~:.~536 is generally more convenient to synthesize the switchback nucleotide dimer independently, and then to insert the dimer, again using standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques, into the oligonucleotide to be formed.
Alternate linker functionalities can be convenient when adjacent base moieties are to be used, however, in general, convenient forms of linkers are those derived from dihydroxy, diamino (or disulfhydryl or hydroxyl/sulfhydryl) compounds which can be suitably protected and activated so as to integrate them into the standard oligonucleotide synthesis protocol or otherwise used to obtain inverted dimeric nucleotides.
The significant step in the integration of these linkers, however, is that the subsequent additions to the oligomer, after the linker is inserted, are activated and deprotected nucleotides having opposite polarity from that of the preceding portion of the sequence.
Thus, illustrative suitable linkers are or include residues of diols of the following formulas or their analogous diamines (or alcohol amines). For ease of representation, the diol structures are used, but it should be kept in mind that either or both hydroxyl functionality may be replaced by an amino group or a sulfhydryl group.
HO(CH2)nlOH, wherein nl is an integer that is usually 1-15, but can also be in an extended form. One or more of the -CH2- groups may be replaced by O, S or NH, provided such replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom. (When integrated into formula 1' or 2', therefore, this linker will give "A" as a residue of the formula -(CH2)nl-) ' In particular, the diol may represent a polyethylene glycol of the formula HO(CH2CH20)n2H, wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
'~ 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128 The linker may also contain unsaturation, so that it may be of the exemplary formulas:
HOCH2(CX2CX2)n3CH20H, wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X or adjacent C is independently H or a n bond; or HOCH2(CX2CX2)n4CH2(CX2CX2)n5CH20H, wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X or an adjacent C is independently H or together are a > bond.
In these embodiments also, one or more methylene groups may be replaced, provided it is not adjacent to an additional heteroatom, by O, S or NH.
The dihydroxy, diamino or equivalent linker compound may also be cyclic, either non aromatic or aromatic. Nonaromatic embodiments include diols such as cis- or traps-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or traps-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran, and cis- or traps-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two noninterfering alkyl(1-4C) substituents, or may include N-heterocycles such as piperazine or piperidine.
Linkers containing aromatic rings may include residues of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,4 dihydroxy methylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethyl benzene; 2,6-di-hydroxy methylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaph-thalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxy propenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxy propenyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxy-propynyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxy-propynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naph-thalene. Figure 1 shows the coupling using 1,4-dihy-droxymethylbenzene as it bridges either two ribosyl or two xylosyl residues. As a portion of the inverted 14 Recd PCT/PTO 01 ~ ~"~ 1991 ~T/~IS 90/0612 ~- - 2071536 polarity oligonucleotides, the DMT and phosphonate residues shown would be replaced by extended nucleotide strands. Similar representations could include others of the above linkers, in particular, 1,2- and 1,3-derivatized dihydroxymethyl benzene.
In addition, the linker may carry additional functional groups, such as anthraquinone and be fairly complex; an example of this type of linker is:
-OCH2CH20CHzCH2 NMe O MeNCH2CH20CH2CH20-The length and type of internucleotide linkage at the inverted junction will depend in part on the charge concentration (e.g., polyphosphodiester groups may be too highly concentrated in charge) and on the distance required to span the major groove in the duplex in order to achieve the required triple helix binding. It is presently considered that spanning the two strands of the duplex through a 5'-5' switchback involves no null bases, while a 3'-3' switchback involves 1-4 null bases in the duplex target. In general, the oligomer spacing accounts for 0-4 null bases, depending on the embodiment. (A
"null" base refers to a base pair in the DNA duplex that does not hydrogen bond to the third strand moiety.) The length of the linker can be adjusted accordingly. The proper length and type of linkage may be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art using routine optimization procedures.
~B~TIItE SHEET
IPEA/US
A particular application of a switchback or inverted polarity motif lies in stabilization of oligonucleotides with respect to nuclease degradation.
Even a single inversion of nucleotide linkage, preferably at the 3' terminus, will result in enhanced stability.
As illustrated in Example 6 below, oligonucleotides with an inverted base moiety at the 3' terminus, either through a phosphodiester or derivatized phosphoramidate linkage exhibit enhanced stability in the presence of fetal calf serum.
Synthesis Methods For the embodiments of formulas 1' and 2', the synthesis of oligonucleotides having inverted polarity may be accomplished utilizing standard solid phase synthesis methods.
This oligonucleotide chain elongation will proceed in conformance with a predetermined sequence in a series of condensations, each one of which results in the addition of another nucleotide. Prior to the addition of a nucleoside having an activated phosphite/ phosphate, the protecting group on the solid support-bound nucleotide is removed. Typically, for example, removal of the commonly-employed dimethoxytrityl (DMT) group is done by treatment with 2.5% v/v dichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane, although 1% w/v trichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane or ZnBr2-saturated nitromethane, are also useful. Other deprotection procedures suitable for other protecting groups will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. The deprotected nucleoside or oligonucleotide bound to solid support is then reacted with the suitably protected nucleotide containing an activated phosphite/ phosphate. After each cycle the carrier bound nucleotide is preferably washed with anhydrous pyridine/ acetonitrile (1:1, v/v), again 14 Recd PC?~ P''1'0 01 ~ ~ ~ 1991 '~'c,~~ ~~/C~1~ 1 deprotected, and the condensation reaction is completed in as many cycles as are required to form the desired number of congruent polarity internucleotide bonds which will be converted to phosphoramidates, phosphoro-dithioates, phosphorothioates or phosphodiesters as desired.
In one embodiment, to provide the switchback, the incoming activated, protected nucleoside is provided in the opposite polarity to the support-bound oligomers.
Thus, for example, where the support-bound oligomer is 3'-~5', the deprotected 5' hydroxyl is reacted with a 3'-protected, 5'-activated monomer, and the synthesis continued with monomers activated at the 5' position and protected at the 3' position.
In another embodiment, to provide a linker in the switchback, a dinucleoside containing the linker element having one end which is activated for condensation (such as a hydrogen phosphonate) to the support-bound oligonucleotide and another end which is a protected hydroxyl group (or protected thio group) is condensed onto the support-bound oligonucleotide. The linker containing dinucleoside is condensed and deprotected using the same conditions as those used to condense and deprotect the protected nucleoside hydrogen phosphonate. Subsequent extension of the oligonucleotide chain then uses oligonucleotide residues which are activated and protected in the opposite manner from those used to synthesize the previous portion of the chain.
One approach to this synthesis, using a linker already derivatized to two nucleotide residues which will be included in each portion of the strand is illustrated in Figure 2. The 5'~3' nucleotide portion of the strand is coupled with 3' DMT 5' phospite nucleosides, as conventionally, to solid support. The linker is derivatized to two nucleotide residues through their 3' SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO o ~ ~ a ~ 19~~
~ °~~Ob 12~
_ 2071536 positions; the remaining 5' positions are derivatized by the protecting group DMT in one nucleotide residue and a phosphonate residue in the other. The derivatized linker is coupled to the solid supported strand under standard reagent conditions and then deprotected conventionally.
Further standard nucleotide coupling results in extension of the chain in the 3'-~5' orientation.
The reactions to illustrate the formation of the 3'-3' coupled synthon used in Figure 2, wherein is exemplified linkage of the 3' positions in adjacent sugar residues through 1,4-di(hydroxymethyl)benzene (xylene derivative) is shown in Reaction Scheme 1.
In general, the first step shown is conducted at about 45°C for 24 hours and yields about 80-95% yield of the doubly-protected synthon shown as Formula 1, which is then partially purified through flash chromatography.
The second step which constitutes partial deprotection to obtain the monoprotected form of the compound, shown as Formula 2, is conducted at room temperature and takes only about 15 minutes. A mixture of products results, and the crude mixture can be used in the third step of the reaction which yields the phosphonate derivative usable in synthesis. As shown in Figure 2, a 5'~3' nucleotide chain derivatized as solid support is initially reacted with the synthon, followed by deprotection and subsequent reaction with 3' activated 5' protected nucleosides.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/l!S
WO 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128~, Reaction Scheme 1 T
1 ) xs. NaH / THF T
O OH
2) 1 eq. Nai ~-0 ° ~ ~ T
° o.D~r 3) 0.5 eq.
/ \ Br er a 5 °~fo DCA T
_1 _-O~IT-0 O ~ ~ T
CHICl2 / MeOH (1/1) off I _o 2 5 ~ O' P~ CI
DMT-0 O ~ ~ T °
2) Aq. TEAB (8.5) ~ ° II
O-P-O.
I
H
2 0 7 1 5 3 6 P~/US90/06128 If coupling of the inverted portion of the oligonucleotide is through an internucleotide linkage conjugating the bases of adjacent nucleotides or the base of one nucleotide to the ribosyl moiety of the other, or adjacent ribosyl residues through linkages which do not involve activated phosphite/phosphate, it is preferable to form the dimeric nucleotide, which is then included in the synthesis in suitably activated and protected form.
For example, adjacent methyl cytosines or thymidines may be linked through the methyl groups at the 5-positions of the pyrimidine rings using a variety of techniques by converting the 5-position to, for example, hydroxymethyl, allyl amine, acrylic acid, or propenyl residues, as is commonly practiced. These reactive groups can then be further coupled through bifunctional linkers or by suitable alternate condensation to obtain dimeric forms of the methyl cytidine or thymidine, or mixed nucleosides. For inclusion of the dimer in the oligonucleotide of inverted polarity, the dimer is protected, if needed, in, for example, both 5' positions and activated in one 3~ position and protected in the other for continuation of the synthesis. Extension of the chain continues from the included dimer using nucleosides of inverted protection/activation patterns.
In one example, for a dimer wherein adjacent 5-positions of the bases are linked through -(CH=CH-CH2NH)2C0, the inclusion of this dimer to obtain a 5'-5' link can be shown diagrammatically in Figure 3 where SO
- polymeric or other solid phase support, PrB = a DMT
protecting group; PrC is a trimethyl acetyl protecting group; PA = activated phosphite/phosphate; and ~ is as defined above.
Dimers may also be formed between adjacent sugars, and the resulting dimers used as above in standard synthesis. For example, the 3' positions of two 14 Recd PCT/P10 01 ~ U ~ 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~"'~ 9~~0512$
ribosyl, xylosyl or ribosyl/xylosyl moieties on adjacent nucleotides may be linked through a p-dihydroxymethyl benaene or other linker such as suitably protected and phosphitylated 1,3-propylene glycol (PG) or 1,2-dideoxyribose (ddR) of the formula:
o~rt-0 o o~P%
hl o-and the 5' positions of the dimer used in subsequent synthesis. (For these latter two linkers, standard incorporation into the oligomer synthesis scheme can also be used.) In this case one 5'-position is protected with a DMT and the other is activated phosphite/phosphate.
Conversely, for adjacent sugars linked through the 5' position, one 3'-position is protected and the other activated. As stated above, the geometry of the oligonucleotide at the linkage site will be affected by the configuration of the 3' carbons involved in the linkage.
As stated above, all of the internucleotide linkages in the resulting oligomer need not be identical.
By use of appropriate synthesis techniques, some can be phosphodiesters, some phosphonates, some phosphor-amidates, etc.
As set forth above, the inverted polarity oligonucleotides of this invention may be derivatized.
One convenient method to form such derivatization is through the phosphoramidate linkage. The amine which is utilized to form the phosphoramidate may employ substituents that can confer useful properties to the oligonucleotide. For example, if an amine linked to a ~B~UTE SHEET
~PEA/US
2 ~ ~ 1 5 3 6 P~T/US90/06128 polyethylene glycol, a polypeptide or a lipophilic group is utilized, such a group may facilitate transport of the oligonucleotide through the cell membranes, thus increasing the cellular uptake of the oligonucleotide. A
substituent on the amine may also include a group which affects the target DNA to which the oligonucleotide will bind such as providing covalent linkages to the target strand to facilitate cleavage or intercalation of the switchback oligonucleotide to the target strand. The substituents on the amine may contain chromophoric groups such as fluorescein or other labels, including radio-active labels, chelating agents and metal chelated ions, to label the oligonucleotide for identification. The substituents may thus also serve a cutting function (i.e., a site for cutting the duplex) or a receptor function such as a receptor ligand. The substituents on the amine which form the phosphoramidate linkage may thus be virtually any moiety which does not prevent the oligonucleotide from binding to the target duplex.
More than one derivatizing moiety may also be used as two or more phosphoramidate linkages need not contain the same substituents. This may be accomplished by generating a first nucleotide hydrogen phosphonate linkage and then oxidizing it with a first amine, generating a second hydrogen phosphonate linkage and oxidizing it with a second (different) amine.
While the formation of the phosphoramidate linkage provides a convenient method for attaching the groups which derivatize the oligonucleotide to confer useful properties, other methods may also be used. The useful substituents may be attached to the sugar moieties or to the bases, or by any other method generally known in the art.
After completion of the synthesis, the oligonucleotide is separated from the carrier using 20 7 .1 5 3 6 conventional methods, such as, by incubation with concentrated ammonium hydroxide. Any protecting groups (for example, on the purine or pyrimidine bases) may be removed using, for example, the conventional concentrated ammonia reagent. The oligonucleotide is then purified by conventional means such as HPLC, PAGE (polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) or any other conventional technique.
It will be understood that while the above method has been described in connection with use of a solid state carrier, it is also possible to conduct the synthesis without the use of a solid state support. In such an event, in place of the support a 3'-hydroxy pro-tecting group which is different from the 5' protecting group used in the course of the condensation, may be utilized so that the 5' protecting group may be selec-tively removed while the 3' protecting group remains intact.
Binding Properties The oligonucleotides of the invention including those with inverted polarity are designed to effect triplex formation with target oligonucleotide duplexes.
In vitro conditions for the triplex formation are variable, but in order to be maximally effective in use for the treatment of disease or for analysis as described hereinbelow, it is generally preferred that the triplex formation be effected under physiological conditions.
The manner of triplex formation will depend, of course, on the design of the oligonucleotide.
It will be understood that those oligomers which are designed to participate in CT-type motifs will contain, in those regions intended for CT binding, mostly pyrimidine-based nucleotides. Those regions of the oligonucleotides intended to participate in GT-type binding will contain mainly purine-type nucleotides. For 14 Recd PCT/PTO a 1 ~'~ ~ 1~,1 oligonucleotides of the invention which maintain the same binding motif but are intended to cross over between the strands of the target duplex, an inversion of polarity will be provided. Thus, the nucleotides will comprise, on one side of the 3'-3' (or 5'-5') inversion, bases which bind to one strand of the duplex according to the motif chosen, with the bases on the other side of the 3'-3' (or 5'-5') junction selected to be bases which will bind to the subsequent bases on the opposite strand of the duplex according to the same motif.
In this manner triple helix recognition may be extended by switching recognition from one strand of the duplex to the other and then back again, if desired.
Also, certain nucleases may be blocked, since the oligonucleotides according to the present invention can present ends not recognizable by exonucleases. Thus, oligonucleotides having two 5'-ends, will be resistant to 3'-exonucleases.
Since the switchback oligonucleotides of the invention are intended to expand the strength of binding to duplex DNA, the sequence of nucleotides in each portion of the oligonucleotide is determined by the sequence of bases in the target duplex. For the CT
motif, target duplex sequences which contain multiple adenyl residues in a homopurine region of one chain, followed by a region of homopurines comprising guanines in the opposite strand will mandate a switchback oligonucleotide which is polyT in the same polarity as the polyA tract followed by polyC in the same polarity as that of the polyG tract. Alternating A/G sequences in the first strand of the target duplex will mandate alternating T/C sequences in a first region of oligomer parallel to the enriched purine target, followed by a sequence of inverted polarity which is parallel to the second strand sequential sequence in the duplex.
SUSsnrurE sHE~r I PEA~US
14 Recd PCT/PTO o 1 ~ a ~ 1991 ~/~ 90/Ob I _ .
It will be understood, of course, the GT motif may be maintained throughout an inverted polarity oligomer designed to cross over strands in a duplex which are enriched in guanine residues such as the sequence 5'-GGGGCCCC-3' and its complement. This oligomer would be 3'-GGGG-GGGG-3'.
In an alternate approach to providing an oligonucleotide which will cross over between the two strands of the duplex, the oligonucleotide will be provided in a single polarity, but with proximal regions of differing binding motifs. Thus, for example, if the target oligonucleotide has a region of multiple adenyl residues in a homopurine region of one chain, followed by a region of homopurines comprising guanine in the opposite strand, as described above, an alternate approach would be to provide an oligonucleotide containing polyT region of polarity parallel to that of the polyA tract, followed by polyG in the same polarity as the polyT. In general, this approach is appropriate for target oligonucleotides of this type, wherein the oligomers of a single polarity will comprise regions rich in thymine proximal to regions rich in guanine.
The oligonucleotides of inverted polarity are also useful when it is desired to target only one strand of the duplex in order to effect triplex formation.
Under these circumstances, the inversion of polarity will be accompanied by an alteration of the binding motif.
Such oligomers are useful when the duplex contains regions of purine enrichment along a single strand. To modify the foregoing example to fit this model, a target duplex which contains on the 5'~3' strand a polyA region followed by polyG region could effectively be targeted by an oligomer which contains polyT with a 5'~3' orientation SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
followed by polyG with 3'-~5' orientation, thus switching at the point of inverted polarity, from the CT to the GT
motif.
Although, for simplicity, the oligomers of the invention have been described as fitting only one of three "categories"--i.e., inverted polarity maintaining . the same motif; inverted polarity correlated with a switch in motif; single polarity and a switch in motif;
it is clear that these categories can reside together on a single oligomer whose binding mode to form the triplex thus varies along the targeted duplex. Thus, an inverted polarity segment wherein the inversion is accompanied by a motif switch could be followed by an additional inversion wherein the motif is maintained. In the first inversion, accompanied by the motif switch, a single strand of the duplex will be targeted; at the second inversion wherein the motif is maintained, the oligomer will cross over to recognize the second strand of the duplex.
The sequence design of the oligomers which are intended to cross over between strands of the target duplex must take account of null bases residing in the duplexes which are effectively out of position to participate in the binding. The geometry at present is not completely understood; however, it is clear that the presence of any null bases must be accounted for. The geometry of the double helix results in a spacing requirement so that at a 3'-3' linkage in the oligonucleotide with a CT-CT motif there will be approximately 0-4, probably 1-2 essentially null bases in the duplex; there appear to be no null bases required in the case of the 5'-5' switchback. The opposite is true for combinations of 3'-3' linked GT-GT motif. The null base spacing can be provided by arbitrary nucleotide 2p71536 insertions or, alternatively, the length of a linker moiety may be adjusted to compensate for this.
In addition to enhanced capability to bind to the duplex by formation of a triplex through crossing over between strands and triplex association based on target regions in a single strand, inverted polarity oligonucleotides may also form D-loops with the duplex.
In this situation, the region of a first polarity may, for example, form a triplex, while the inverted portion displaces a section of one strand of the duplex to result in a substitute duplex in the relevant region. The design of the sequence of bases in the oligonucleotide takes account of this by utilization of a sequence which is designed to base pair hybridize to the target strand.
Utilitv and Administration As the oligonucleotides of the invention are capable of significant duplex binding activity to form triplexes or other forms of stable association, these oligonucleotides are useful in "antisense" therapy.
"Antisense" therapy as used herein is a generic term which includes the use of specific binding oligonucleotides to inactivate undesirable DNA or RNA
sequences in vitro or in vivo. Because of their superior binding ability to duplex DNA, oligonucleotides of the invention are particularly helpful in this regard.
Most diseases and other conditions are characterized by the presence of undesired DNA or RNA, some of which may be in duplex form. These diseases and conditions can be treated using the principles of antisense therapy as is generally understood in the art.
Antisense therapy includes targeting a specific DNA or RNA sequence through complementarity or through any other specific binding means, in the case of the present invention by sequence-specific orientation in the major groove of the DNA double helix.
In addition to antisense applications, wherein specific sequence recognition is significant, alternate therapeutic mechanisms for oligomers of the invention can be advantageously employed. Such oligomers are generally useful as inhibitors of polymerases such as viral polymerases, to interfere with binding factors to nucleic acids such as transcription initiating or inhibiting factors, to induce the production of interferon endogenously, and so forth. The oligomers of the invention may be administered singly, or combinations of oligomers may be administered for adjacent or distant targets or for combined effects of antisense mechanisms with the foregoing general mechanisms.
In therapeutic applications, the oligomers are utilized in a manner appropriate for antisense therapy in general or to take advantage of the alternate therapeutic mechanisms set forth above. For such therapy, the oligomers can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic, topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remincrton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, latest edition. The oligomer active ingredient is generally combined with a carrier such as a diluent or excipient which may include fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surface-active agents, or lubricants, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
Typical dosage forms include tablets, powders, liquid preparations including suspensions, emulsions and solutions, granules, capsules and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations.
Zp71536 For systemic administration, injection is preferred, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous. For injection, the oligomers of the invention are formulated in liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution. In addition, the oligomers may be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use.
Lyophilized forms are also included.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means, or the compounds can be administered orally. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives for transmucosal administration. In-addition, detergents may be used to facilitate permeation. Transmucosal adminis-tration may be through use of nasal sprays, for example, or suppositories. For oral administration, the oligomers are formulated into conventional oral administration forms such as capsules, tablets, and tonics.
For topical administration, the oligomers of the invention are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams, as is generally known in the art.
In addition to use in therapy, the oligomers of the invention may be used as diagnostic reagents to detect the presence or absence of the target DNA or RNA
sequences to which they specifically bind. Such diagnostic tests are conducted by hybridization through triple helix formation which is then detected by conventional means. For example, the oligomers may be labeled using radioactive, fluorescent, or chromogenic labels and the presence of label bound to solid support detected. Alternatively, the presence of a triple helix may be detected by antibodies which specifically recognize these forms. Means for conducting assays using such oligomers as probes are generally known.
In addition to the foregoing uses, the ability of the oligomers to inhibit gene expression can be verified in ~n v' o systems by measuring the levels of expression in recombinant systems.
The following examples are provided to illustrate but not to limit the invention.
Example 1 Prebaration of 3'-DMT-N4-benzo~l-dC-5'-H-phosphonate 6.4g (10 mmole) of 5'-DMT N4-benzoyl deoxy-C is dried from 100 ml of pyridine, dissolved into 100 ml of pyridine and to this is added 4g (11.8 mmole) of DMT-C1 and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for three days. The reaction mixture is evaporated to approximately half the volume and diluted with 100 ml of CH2C12, wash with 5% sodium bicarbonate (2 x 100 ml), dry over sodium sulfate and evaporate to dryness. The crude mixture is dissolved into 100 ml of toluene and evaporated to a foam, and this is repeated one more time.
The solid is taken up in 50 ml of diethyl ether/50 ml of CH2C12 and precipitated into 900 ml of hexane at room temperature. The solid is isolated and dissolved into 15 ml of CH2C12, cool to 0°C and add 100 ml of saturated ZnBr2 in isopropanol/CH2C12 (15/85) and stirred for 15 minutes. Reaction mixture is quenched into 400 ml of 1M NH4 OAc, the organic layer separated and wash with NaHC03 (1 x 200 ml), dry over Na2S04 and evaporate.
Purify by silica gel chromatography (CH2C12/5% MeOH) to yield 50% of the 5'-OH product.
The 5'-OH nucleoside is dried from 50 ml of pyridine then taken up in 10 ml pyridine and 10 ml of 14 Recd PCT/P10 01 J U L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~~~ ~~~0612e methylene chloride, to which is added 2 eq. of 1M
PA/CH2C12 in 5 ml of pyridine. This mixture is stirred at r.t. for 15 minutes and quenched into 1M TEAR, the layers are separated, and the organic layer is washed with TEAB (1 time), dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The reagent PA is van Boom's Reagent, 2-chloro-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxaphosphorin-4-one.
The nucleoside H-phosphonate is purified by silica gel chromatography (1% triethylamine/CH2C12) with a MeOH
gradient.
Examgle 2 Preparation of 3'-DMT-thymidine 5' H phosnhonate 1.2g (5 mmole) of thymidine is dried from 50 ml of pyridine, taken up in 20 ml of pyridine and under Ar is added 820 mg (5.5 mmole) of t-butyldimethyl silyl chloride in 5 ml of pyridine. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for one day, concentrated to approxi-mately 10 ml, diluted with 75 ml of CH2C12, washed with 5% NaHC03, back extracted the aqueous with CH2C12, dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The crude nucleoside is dried from 20 ml pyridine, taken up in 30 ml pyridine and to it is added 1.7g (5 mmole) of DMT-C1 and 0.4 ml of triethylamine, after which the mixture is stirred for three days. After evaporation to approximately 10 ml, the mixture is diluted with 75 ml of CH2C12 and washed with NaHC03 (2 x 100 ml), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated.
The 5'-OH nucleoside is taken up into 60 ml THF and 20 ml of 1M TBAF/THF is added. After stirring for one hour, the mixture is evaporated to an oil, taken up in CH2C12 and applied to silica gel column. Yield 50%. The 5'-off nucleoside is then converted to H-phosphonate as in Example 1.
3 5 SUBSATU~'E SHEET
~Pf~/US
Example 3 Svnthesis of Oliaomer Containing Switchbacks Polynucleotide H-phosphonates condensed at the 3'-end to a solid polymer support are prepared as described by Froehler, et al., Nuc Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nuc Acids Res (1986) X4:5399-5467; and Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; using the DBU salt of 5'-protected nucleoside H-phosphonates.
After four couplings, one coupling cycle is performed using the ethylene glycol derivative:
~l~T-0-~C~=~~
t The polynucleotide H-phosphonate is then oxidized with aqueous I2 (O.iM in N-methyl morpholine/water/THF, 5/5/90) to form internucleotide diester linkages. Then five coupling cycles are performed using 3'-protected nucleoside 5'-H-phosphonates, prepared as in Examples 1 and 2. After these couplings the remaining H-phosphonate linkages on the polynucleoside are oxidized with 2-methoxyethylamine in Pyr/CC14 (1/5/5), to generate a 10-mer with five diester linkages (one of which is with the ethylene glycol linker) and five phosphoramidate linkages (one of which is with the ethylene glycol linker). The oligomer is removed from the solid support, deprotected with concentrated NH40H, purified by HPLC
(PRP) using an acetonitrile gradient in 50 m.M aqueous TEAP. DMT is removed using 80$ HOAc (R.T.) and the solvent is evaporated. The product is desalted, and isolated by evaporation.
207153fi Thus, in this manner the following are prepared, wherein Pl represents O
-O_ Ip_O-O
(having an ionization state determined by pH):
3' 5' 5' 3' C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C
3' S' 5' 3' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-C-T-C
3' S' 5' 3' T-T-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
3' S' S' 3' T-C-T-T-T-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T
By utilizing nucleosides derivatized to solid support through the 5' portion and extending the chain with the 3'-protected, 5'-activated nucleosides of Examples 1 and 2, followed by coupling to DMT-O-CH2CH2-Pl as above, followed by chain extension, with conventional 5'-protected, 3'-activated nucleosides, the following are Prepared.
5' 3' 3' S' C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C
5' 3' 3' 5' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-C-T-C
5, 3' 3' 5' T-T-C-C-C-PZ-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
5' 3' 3' S' T-C-T-T-T-Pl-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T
~4 ~'d PCT/PTO 01 J U L 19~~
H:T/US q~iobi2l By insertion of an additional linker, the following are prepared:
3' S' 5' 3' 3' S' C-C-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-C-C-Pl-CH2CH2-P1-C-C-C-C-C
3' S' 5' 3' 3' S' C-T-C-T-C-Pl-CH2CH2-P1-C-T-C-T-C-P1-CH2CH2-P1-C-T-C-T-C
3' S' S' 3' 3' 5' T-T-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-T-T-C-C-C-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-C-C-T-T
3' S' 5' 3' ~ 3' 5' T-C-T-T-T-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-T-C-T-T-T-P1-CH2CH2-Pl-C-T-T-C-T.
Example 4 Synthesis and Assay of a Recognition Switchback Using the methods of Example 3, a switchback 24-mer linked with propylene glycol was prepared of the formula:
5' TCTTTCTTTTCTTT - TCTTCTTTTT 5' 3' 3' Linker The duplex DNA to which this oligomer binds has a 26-by target region having 2 null bases to accommodate the switchback. This target region is of the formula:
5' AGAAAGAAAAGAAAAATTTCTTCTTTTT 3' 3' TCTTTCTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAAAA 5' To assess the capacity of the switchback oligomer to bind the target region, an assay was conducted as follows. A 144-by fragment containing four 36-by cassettes, one of which corresponds to the desired target region, was cloned into pTZl8U, a commercially available cloning vector. The plasmid was cleaved and SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
WO 91/06626 PCT/US90/06128_ labeled at both ends with 32 PdCTP, and then digested with a second restriction enzyme to eliminate the label at one end and reduce the size of target DNA. The resulting 372 by fragment was purified using 5%
acrylamide gel.
The switchback oligomer (1 mmol) was incubated with 5 x 104 cpm labeled target in 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM
MgCl2, 50 mM MES, pH 6, at room temperature for one hour.
The reaction mixtures were then treated with 0.5 mg/ml DNAse-I for 1 minute at room temperature, and extracted to terminate the digestion and remove protein.
The DNA was recovered by ethanol precipitation, and the samples were loaded onto 8% polyacrylamide gel in 80%
formamide and run under denaturing conditions for 2 hours at 60 watts. The gel was dried and placed on film overnight. The results showed that the oligomer provided protection against DNAse-I activity indicating formation of triple stranded structures in the target region and not in related target sequences. Protection is extended over approximately 20 by region, as determined with a 14-mer control.
Example 5 Triplex Forming' Oligomers With Respect to Target Duplexes Associated With Disease A search through databases containing DNA
sequences associated with particular disease conditions provides some illustrative targets shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4A shows a region of a double-stranded portion of the Herpes simplex I genome. Several invention oligomers can be utilized to target this region.
First, an oligonucleotide of the formula:
14 Recd PCT/Pt~ o l J'J L 1991 20 7 1 5 3 6 ~~ 9~~~6121 5'-TTTTTTCTTTTTCT- ~ -CCCC-5' (1) 3'--3' linker which contains a region of inverted polarity but maintains CT motif throughout. This oligomer will effect a crossover between the upper strand wherein the thymine residues target the adenyl-rich portion of the duplex by virtue of the inverted polarity to the polyC tract which targets the polyG region in the opposite strand.
An alternative approach would be to design an oligonucleotide of formula (2) which employs a motif switch from CT to GT to effect the crossover.
5'-TTTTTTCTTTTTCT - GGGG-3' (2) Figure 4B shows a region of the human cyto-megalovirus genome which encodes the 67 kd phosphorylated protein. This region invites similar options.
Figure 4C shows a portion of the gene encoding h~an IL-1B. For conditions characterized by an unwanted amount of this lymphokine, triplex formation using oligomer (3) or (4) could be employed.
5~-GGGGGGG - TTTTTTTTTTTT-3' (3) 3'-CCCCCCC - TTTTTTTTTTT-3' (4) 5.--5.
linker Oligomer (3) is the converse of oligomer (2); it employs a motif switch to effect a crossing over of the targeted strands. On the other hand, oligomer (4), somewhat SUBSTITUTE SHE"
~PEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO
~~~Ir~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ 12~
_.
analogous in concept to oligomer (1), employs an inversion of polarity to effect the crossover.
Figure 4D offers an example of a region (a Varicella Zoster genome) wherein an opportunity is offered to maintain binding in at least a region of one strand. Thus, to maintain triplex formation through the GGGAAA portion of the upper strand as shown, the oligomers (5) or (6) could be employed.
5'-CCC - TTT-3' (5) 3'-GGG - TTT-3' (6) 5'--5' linker To effect the crossover between the A region and G region on opposite strands as shown, oligomers analogous to oligomer (1) and (2) would be needed; for binding to the region as a whole, therefore, there are a total of four possibilities: (5) in combination with (1) or (2), or (6) in combination with (1) or (2).
Figure 4E provides another example of a single strand target which is a portion of human 4EXB. A
suitable oligomer has the formula:
5'-TTTTT - GTGTGG-5'.
Example 6 Synthesis of an Inverted End-cagped OlicZonucleotide An 11-mer oligonucleotide of the sequence 5'-TTTTTCTCCAT, wherein the 3' terminal A-T linkage was modified to couple the 3' position of the adenyl residue with the 3' position of the thymidyl residue was synthesized using standard oligonucleotide synthesis methods, but with the thymidyl residue protected in the 3' position and attached to a solid support via the 5' hydroxyl. Both the phosphodiester and the methoxyethyl SUBSTIIUTE SHEET
IPEA/l!S
14 Re~'d PCt/PTO 01 ~ U ~ 199 ~T/!~S 90~Ob 12 S
amine (MEA) derivative of a phosphoramidate linkage were obtained. These oligomers were 5' end labeled using gamma 32P ATP and T4 kinase. The labeled oligonucleotide was then ligated to a 10-mer (5'-TCCAGTGATT) using T4 DNA
ligase in the presence of the 33-mer template:
5'-TCGCTGATGGAGA,AAAAAATCACTGGAGACCTC. The internally labeled 2i-mer 5'-TCCAGTGATT32pTTTTTCTCCAT was desalted with the C8 SPE column.
The internally labeled oligonucleotides were added to serum-containing media in an H938 human T
lymphoma cell culture at a concentration of 10 nM either with or without 20 ~M of unlabeled oligonucleotide. The degree of degradation was determined at various time points by polyacrylamide gel analysis. Under these conditions, a control 21-mer having no inverted linkage at the 3' terminus had a half-life of approximately 3 hours; however, both the inverted diester and amidate-linked experimental 21-mers had half lives of more than 7 days.
Examgle 7 Synthesis of Ether-Linked Dinucleoside H-Phosphonates The meta-xylyl linked analog of the compound of Formula 3 shown in Reaction Scheme 1 hereinabove was synthesized as described in this example. This compound contains a 5' DMT-protected thymidyl residue linked through the 3' position through a 1,3-xylyl residue and to an additional.thymidine residue through the 3' position. The second thymidyl is activated at the 5' position with a phosphonate residue.
400 mg (36 mmol) of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil) was washed with anhydrous THF (2 x 10 mL), suspended into 20 mL anhydrous THF and to this was added 545 mg (1.0 mmol) of 5'-DMT protected nucleoside with stirring under Ar. After evolution of H2 had stopped SUBSTITUTE SNEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO p 1 ~ U L 1,991 20 7 1 5 3 6 _ ' ~"T~ ~~~~612~
150 mg (1.0 mmol) of NaI and 132 mg (0.5 mmole) a,a'-dibromo-m-xylene were added and the reaction mixture stirred at 40°C for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with sat'd NaHC03, evaporated to a gum, taken-up in CH2C12 (50 mL), washed with NaHC03 (2 x 50 mL), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The product (2 in Reaction Scheme 1) was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using MeOH/CH2C12 gradient (0-5%) and yielded the symmetrical dimer in 95% yield. This was then dissolved into 10 mL
of MeOH/CH2C12 (1/1) and to this was added with stirring mL of 10% DCA in MeOH/CH2C12 (1/1), after 10 min. the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat'd NaHC03, the layers separated and the organic layer washed with 15 sat'd NaHC03 (2 x 25 mL), dried over Na2S04 and evaporated. The crude material was coevaporated from anhydrous pyridine (2 x 20 mL), taken-up in 10 mL of Pyr/CH2C12 (1/1) and added to 5 mL of a 1M solution of PA/ in Pyr/Ch2C12 (1/1) at room temperature, stirred for 15 min. and poured into 75 mL of aq. TEAB (1 M, pH=8.5).
The H-phosphonate was purified by flash chromatography to yield 100 mg (25%) of the xylyl 1,3-linked analog of compound 3 in Reaction Scheme 1.
Example 8 Determination of Tm A series of "9 x 9" oligonucleotides containing 9 nucleoside residues 5'~3', linked to 9 oligonucleotide residues linked 3'~5', were designed to form a triple helix with the target duplex of the sequence 5'-GAAAAAGAAATTTCTTCTT-3' 3'-CTTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAT-5' SUBSTITUTE SHEET
IPEA/US
14 Recd PC1/PTO 01 ~ ~ ~ 1991 ~il/uS 9 0 ~ 0 612a The 9 x 9 oligonucleotides were designed assuming one, two or three null bases in the duplex. Thus, the oligomer which assumes one null base pair will have the nucleotide sequence 5'-CTTTTTCTT-X-TTTCTTCTT-5'. (7) The oligomer designed assuming two null base pairs will have the sequence 5'-CTTTTTCTT-X-TTCTTCTTT-5'. (8) The oligomer assuming three null base pairs will have the sequence 5'-TCTTTTTCT-X-TTCTTCTTT-5'. (9) In the above sequences, X represents a linker which is either the residue of an ortho, meta or para xylene, the residue of propylene glycol, the residue of 1,2-dideoxyribose (ddR) or thymidine (dT). Where the linker is a residue of ortho, meta or para xylene, the thymidyl residues shown on either side of the residue in the formulas may contain either ribose or xylose as the sugar moiety.
Thus, compounds of formulas (7), (8) and (9) were synthesized wherein X is PG, ddR or dT linked through the 3' positions of the adjacent thymidyl residues, or wherein X represents the residue of ortho, meta or para xylene and the thymidyl residues contain either ribose or xylose; in this instance, the "linker"
is denoted o-xylose, m-xylose, p-xylose; o-ribose, m-ribose, p-ribose; depending on whether the sugar residues in the adjacent thymidyl residues are ribose or xylose, although the thymidyl residues are shown in the formulas.
SUBSTITI~E SHEET
IPEA~US
14 Recd PCf/P10 01 J U L 1991 ~/~S 90/0612=
Measurement of thermal denaturation (Tm) was conducted using a Gilford Response II temperature control spectrophotometer. The heating rate was about 0.25°C/min from 15°C-75°C. The final concentration of all three strands was about 2 uM. Buffers were prepared from 140 mM KC1/5 mM sodium phosphate/5 mM magnesium chloride and brought to pH 6.2. Prior to the Tm measurement, buffers were degassed with argon and pH adjusted to the correct value. Tm values were determined by a first derivative plot of absorbance vs. temperature.
The results are shown in Table 3.
Table 3 Tm of 9 x 9 Switchbacks (3'-3') at pH = 6.2 i a 1l nbo 22 nbp 3nbo o-xylose 42.1 47.6 nd m-xylose 39.2 31.7 nd p-xylose 37.5 33.4 nd o-ribose nd 34.8 26.6 m-ribose nd 32.2 26.1 p-ribose nd 31.4 22.3 PG nd 34.9 29.1 ddR nd 34.2 28.9 dT nd 32.2 33.7 nd = not determined IPEA/US
14 Recd PCT/PTO ~ 1 ~ a ~ 1991 ~rNs 90~o6~2a These results indicate the nature of the linkage can be designed to accommodate the number of null base pairs in the target.
The binding of the oligomer to the target duplex was also assessed in a manner similar to that set forth in Example 4 as follows. About 0.1 nmol target DNA
labeled with about 50,000 cpm of p32 inserted into a host vector was incubated with various concentrations of the test oligonucleotide over a range of 0.1-100 ~M in 50 ~1 reaction buffer (20 mM MES, pH 6.0, 10 mM MgCl2, 100 mM
NaCl) for about 1 hour at room temperature to form the triplex. The triplex was treated with 0.2 units DNAseI
for 1 min at room temperature and the reaction was stopped with 2 ~1 0.5 M ETDA. A 2 ~g sample of carrier tRNA was added and the reaction mixture was precipitated with ethanol. The pellet was resuspended in 3 ~,1 80%
formamide, heated for 5 min at 90°C and run on a 6%
denaturing polyacrylamide gel to obtain a footprint.
Protection by the 9 x 9 mers was shown by absence of cleavage products of the target in the gel.
Example 9 CooBerative Effect of X~lose Linkers In a manner similar to that set forth in Example 8, above, a 28-mer of the sequence 5' AGAAAAAGAAATTTCTTCTTTTTCTTTT 3' 3' TCTTTTTCTTTAAAGAAGAAAAAGAAAA 5' was used as a target. The following oligonucleotides were designed to target this duplex assuming two null bases in the duplex.
5'-TTTCTTTTTCTTCTT-"o-xylose"-TCT-5' (10) 3 5 SUBSTItUTE SHEEt 1 PEA~US
'~~O 91/06626 PCT/US90/0612f~..
5'TTTTTCTTCTTT-"o-xylose"-TTCTTT-5' (11) 5'-TTTCTTTTTCTTCTT-PG-TTC-5' (12) 5'-CTTTTTCTTCTT-PG-TTCTTT-5' (13) Formula 10 is a 15 x 3 switchback oligomer having an o-xylose based linkage; formula il is a 12 x 6 switchback containing an o-xylose derived linker;
formula 12 represents a 15 x 3 switchback with a propylene glycol linker; formula 13 represents a 12 x 6 switchback with a propylene glycol linker. The oligomers were tested for triplex formation using Tm measurements as described in Example 8 above. A control oligonucleotide of the sequence 5'-TTCTTTTTCTTCTTT-3' gave a Tm of 34.1°C. The compounds of formulas 12 and 13 gave comparable or lower Tms; the Tm for formula 12 was 34.2°C, that for formula 13 was 26.5°C. However, the oligomers containing o-xylose type linkages showed a dramatic enhancement in Tm; for formula 10, 44.7°C, and for formula 11, 41.6°C.
A diagrammatic summary of the three triple helix forming strategies is found in Figure 5.
Figure 5A shows the strategy of inverted polarity with constant motif; figure 5B shows the approach of constant polarity and motif switch and figure 5C shows oligomers which bind to a single strand target region (without crossover).
suBSTiTUT~ s~~~~
Claims (59)
1. An unnatural oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA.
2. The oligonucleotide of claim 1 wherein the 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second region, or wherein the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second region.
3. The oligonucleotide of claim 1 wherein the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second region, or wherein, the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second region.
4. The oligonucleotide of claim 1 wherein the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second region, or wherein the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second region, or wherein the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second region, or wherein the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first region is covalently bonded to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second region.
5. An oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage comprising a linker residue wherein said linker residue is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
6. The oligonucleotide of claim 5 wherein said linker residue is a residue of a diol or diamine.
7. The oligonucleotide of claim 6 wherein said diol or diamine is of the formula:
HZ(CH2)n1ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-15 and one or more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
HZ(CH2)n1ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-15 and one or more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
8. The oligonucleotide of claim 7 wherein the diol or diamine is of the formula:
HZ(CH2CH2O)n2H
wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
HZ(CH2CH2O)n2H
wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
9. The oligonucleotide of claim 6 wherein said diol or diamine is of the formula HZCH2(CX2CX2)n3CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a .pi. bond.
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a .pi. bond.
10. The diol or diamine of claim 6 wherein said diol or diamine is of the formula HZCH2(CX2CX2)n4CH2(CX2CX2)n5CH2ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or together are a .pi.
bond.
bond.
11. The oligonucleotide of claim 6 wherein said diol or diamine contains a ring system.
12. The oligonucleotide of claim 11 wherein said ring system is nonaromatic.
13. The oligonucleotide of claim 12 wherein said nonaromatic ring system ring is piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
14. The oligonucleotide of claim 13 wherein the diol is selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
15. The oligonucleotide of claim 11 wherein said ring system is aromatic.
16. The oligonucleotide of claim 15 wherein said aromatic ring is benzene or naphthalene.
17. The oligonucleotide of claim 16 wherein said diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bi(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bi(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
18. An oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and wherein said first and second regions are covalently bonded through a linkage of the formula:
wherein Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O- or S-;
X is O, S or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C) n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
wherein Y is H, -OR, -SR, -NR2, O- or S-;
X is O, S or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl(1-12C), aryl(6-12C), aralkyl(7-20C) or alkaryl(7-20C) n is 0 or 1; and A is the residue of a linker group wherein said residue of a linker group is of a molecule comprising two functional groups involved in the linkage, each said functional group selected from the group consisting of an amine, a sulfhydryl, and a hydroxyl.
19. The oligonucleotide of claim 18 wherein all X are O.
20. The oligonucleotide of claim 19 wherein all Y are O.
21. The oligonucleotide of claim 18 wherein said linker residue, A, is a residue of a diol or diamine.
22. The oligonucleotide of claim 21 wherein said linker residue comprises a ring system.
23. The oligonucleotide of claim 22 wherein said ring is aromatic.
24. The oligonucleotide of claim 23 wherein said aromatic ring is benzene or naphthalene.
25. The oligonucleotide of claim 24 wherein said diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene;
1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene;
1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl)naphthalene, 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene; 1,2-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)benzene;
2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene; and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropynyl)naphthalene.
26. The oligonucleotide of claim 22 wherein said ring is non aromatic.
27. The oligonucleotide of claim 26 wherein said nonaromatic ring is piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane, or cyclohexane.
28. The oligonucleotide of claim 27 wherein the diol is selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans--2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either further unsubstituted, or further substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
29. The oligonucleotide of claim 21 wherein said diol or diamine is of the formula;
HZ(CH2)n1ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-10 and one of more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH, provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
HZ(CH2)n1ZH, wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n1 is an integer of 1-10 and one of more of said CH2 groups may be replaced by O, S, or NH, provided said replacement is not adjacent to a heteroatom.
30. The oligonucleotide of claim 29 wherein the diol or diamine is of the formula;
HZ(CH2CH2O)n2H
wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
HZ(CH2CH2O)n2H
wherein Z is O or NH and wherein n2 is an integer of 1-5.
31. The oligonucleotide of claim 22 wherein said diol of diamine is of the formula;
HZCH2(CX2CX2)n3CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a .pi. bond.
HZCH2(CX2CX2)n3CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n3 is an integer of 1-7 and each pair of X on adjacent C independently are H or a participant in a .pi. bond.
32. The oligonucleotide of claim 21 wherein said diol or diamine is of the formula;
HZCH2(CX2CX2)n4CH2(CX2CX2)n5CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C
independently are H or a participant in a .pi. bond.
HZCH2(CX2CX2)n4CH2(CX2CX2)n5CH2ZH
wherein each Z is independently O or NH, and wherein n4 and n5 are integers of 0-7 and wherein the sum of n4 and n5 is not greater than 7 and wherein each pair of X on adjacent C
independently are H or a participant in a .pi. bond.
33. A method for binding an oligonucleotide to portions of both strands of a target double-helical polynucleotide duplex comprising the step of:
contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex;
wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
contacting said target double-helical polynucleotide duplex with said oligonucleotide so as to form a triplex;
wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a first sequence of nucleotides that forms a triplex with a portion of the first strand of said duplex, covalently coupled to a second sequence of nucleotides having inverted polarity from the first sequence that forms a triplex with a portion of the second strand of said duplex, said second strand portion being proximal to said portion on the first strand in said duplex.
34. The method according to claim 33 wherein, in said oligonucleotide, the 5' position of a nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or wherein the 3' position of a nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
35. The method according to claim 33 wherein, in said oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or wherein the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
36. The method according to claim 33 wherein, in said oligonucleotide, the base of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the 5' position of the nucleotide at the 5' end of the second sequence, or wherein the base of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the first sequence is covalently coupled to the 3' position of the nucleotide at the 3' end of the second sequence.
37. The method according to claim 33 wherein, in said oligonucleotide, said first and second sequences are covalently coupled through a linkage comprising a linker residue.
38. The method according to claim 37 wherein said linker residue is a residue of a diol or diamine.
39. The method according to claim 38 wherein said diol or diamine contains the residue of a nonaromatic or aromatic ring or ring system.
40. The method according to claim 39 wherein said ring or ring system is cyclohexene or cyclopentene.
41. The method according to claim 39 wherein said ring or ring system is nonaromatic.
42. The method according to claim 41 wherein said nonaromatic ring or ring system is piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
43. The method of according to claim 41 wherein the diol is selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis-or traps-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran, and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan being either unsubstituted, or substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
44. The method according to claim 39 wherein said ring or ring system is aromatic.
45. The method according to claim 44 wherein said aromatic ring or ring system is benzene or naphthalene.
46. The method according to claim 44 wherein said diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene;
and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene;
and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
47. The method according to claim 33 wherein said first and second sequences are covalently coupled through a linkage of the formula:
wherein: P-Y is P-H, P-OR, P-SR, P-NR2, P-O-, or P-S-;
X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl (6-12C), aralkyl (7-20C) or alkaryl (7-20C);
n is 0 or 1; and A is a residue of a linker group.
wherein: P-Y is P-H, P-OR, P-SR, P-NR2, P-O-, or P-S-;
X is O, S, or NR;
wherein each R is independently H, alkyl (1-12C), aryl (6-12C), aralkyl (7-20C) or alkaryl (7-20C);
n is 0 or 1; and A is a residue of a linker group.
48. The method according to claim 47 wherein all X are O.
49. The method according to claim 48 wherein all P-Y are P-OR
or P-O-.
or P-O-.
50. The method according to claim 47 wherein said linker residue A is a residue of a diol or diamine.
51. The method according to claim 50 wherein said linker residue comprises a ring or ring system.
52. The method according to claim 51 wherein said ring or ring system is aromatic.
53. The method according to claim 52 wherein said aromatic ring or ring system is benzene or naphthalene.
54. The method according to claim 50 wherein said diol is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-dihydroxymethylbenzene;
1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene;
and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
1,3-dihydroxymethylbenzene; 2,6-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene;
1,5-dihydroxymethylnaphthalene; 1,4-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene;
1,3-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) benzene; 2,6-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene;
and 1,5-bis(3-hydroxypropenyl) naphthalene.
55. The method according to claim 51 wherein said ring or ring system is nonaromatic.
56. The method according to claim 55 wherein said nonaromatic ring or ring system is piperidine, piperazine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexene, cyclopentene, cyclopentane or cyclohexane.
57. The method according to claim 50 wherein said diol is selected from the group consisting of cis- or trans-3-4-dihydroxyfuran, cis-or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxyfuran and cis- or trans-2-hydroxymethyl-4-hydroxyfuran, said furan either unsubstituted or substituted with one or two non-interfering alkyl (1-4C) substituents.
58. An oligonucleotide comprising a first nucleotide region containing a sequence of at least three nucleotide residues, said first region having either 3' - 5' or 5' - 3' polarity, and, coupled thereto, a second nucleotide region comprising at least one nucleotide residue or a nucleotide sequence, said second region having polarity inverted from that of the first region, wherein said oligonucleotide is capable of hybridizing to a target DNA or RNA, and at least one internucleotide linkage of said oligonucleotide is a modified internucleotide linkage.
59. An oligonucleotide according to claim 58, wherein said modified internucleotide linkage is a moiety selected from the group consisting of P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO, or CONR2, wherein R is H or alkyl and R' is alkyl and said moiety is joined to adjacent nucleotides through -O- or -S-.
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US42580389A | 1989-10-23 | 1989-10-23 | |
US425,803 | 1989-10-23 | ||
US50227290A | 1990-03-29 | 1990-03-29 | |
US502,272 | 1990-03-29 | ||
US07/559,958 US5399676A (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1990-07-30 | Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity |
US559,958 | 1990-07-30 | ||
PCT/US1990/006128 WO1991006626A2 (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1990-10-23 | Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2071536A1 CA2071536A1 (en) | 1991-04-24 |
CA2071536C true CA2071536C (en) | 2001-04-17 |
Family
ID=27411487
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002071536A Expired - Lifetime CA2071536C (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1990-10-23 | Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US5399676A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0539371A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH05505101A (en) |
AU (1) | AU641219B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2071536C (en) |
WO (1) | WO1991006626A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (860)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5948634A (en) * | 1988-12-21 | 1999-09-07 | The General Hospital Coporation | Neural thread protein gene expression and detection of alzheimer's disease |
US5721218A (en) * | 1989-10-23 | 1998-02-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity |
EP0566670A4 (en) * | 1990-12-17 | 1993-12-08 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Nucleic acid sequence detection by triple helix formation |
US5683874A (en) * | 1991-03-27 | 1997-11-04 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Single-stranded circular oligonucleotides capable of forming a triplex with a target sequence |
EP0587749A4 (en) * | 1991-05-31 | 1995-08-30 | Genta Inc | Compositions and delivery systems for transdermal administration of neutral oligomers |
US6335434B1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2002-01-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., | Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates |
US8153602B1 (en) | 1991-11-19 | 2012-04-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Composition and methods for the pulmonary delivery of nucleic acids |
US6235887B1 (en) | 1991-11-26 | 2001-05-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines |
TW393513B (en) * | 1991-11-26 | 2000-06-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines |
WO1993012230A1 (en) * | 1991-12-13 | 1993-06-24 | Sri International | Triple-helix formation at (punpyn).(punpyn) tracts |
US5646261A (en) * | 1992-01-22 | 1997-07-08 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | 3'-derivatized oligonucleotide analogs with non-nucleotidic groupings, their preparation and use |
JP3530186B2 (en) * | 1992-03-05 | 2004-05-24 | アイシス・ファーマシューティカルス・インコーポレーテッド | Covalently crosslinked oligonucleotide |
US5616461A (en) * | 1992-05-14 | 1997-04-01 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute | Assay for antiviral activity using complex of herpesvirus origin of replication and cellular protein |
US5817781A (en) * | 1992-06-01 | 1998-10-06 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Modified internucleoside linkages (II) |
DK0593901T3 (en) * | 1992-09-24 | 1997-10-27 | Hoechst Ag | Oligoribonucleotide and ribozyme analogs with terminal 3-3 and 5-5 bonds. |
NZ259223A (en) * | 1992-12-08 | 1997-10-24 | Genta Inc | Forming a triple helix of nucleic acids for detection of a single stranded target sequence-containing nucleic acid |
WO1994017091A2 (en) * | 1993-01-21 | 1994-08-04 | Hybridon Inc. | Foldback triplex-forming oligonucleotides |
EP0728139B1 (en) | 1993-09-03 | 2003-08-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amine-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides |
CA2171553A1 (en) * | 1993-09-28 | 1995-04-06 | Charles A. Marotta | Using antisense oligonucleotides to modulate nerve growth and to reverse .beta./a4 amyloid-induced morphology |
FR2714383B1 (en) * | 1993-12-29 | 1996-02-09 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | Control of gene expression. |
US5658738A (en) * | 1994-05-31 | 1997-08-19 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Bi-directional oligonucleotides that bind thrombin |
EP0763050B1 (en) | 1994-06-01 | 2000-01-05 | Hybridon, Inc. | Branched oligonucleotide as pathogen-inhibitory agents |
US6207646B1 (en) | 1994-07-15 | 2001-03-27 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules |
US7038026B2 (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2006-05-02 | Centelion | Purification of a triple heli formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide |
WO1997038097A1 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 1997-10-16 | Hybridon, Inc. | Cooperative oligonucleotides |
US6372427B1 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 2002-04-16 | Hybridon, Inc. | Cooperative oligonucleotides |
US20020081577A1 (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 2002-06-27 | Robert L. Kilkuskie | Oligonucleotides speciific for hepatitis c virus |
US6420549B1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2002-07-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotide analogs having modified dimers |
AU701106B2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1999-01-21 | Promega Biosciences, Inc. | Novel carbamate-based cationic lipids |
US5693773A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-12-02 | Hybridon Incorporated | Triplex-forming antisense oligonucleotides having abasic linkers targeting nucleic acids comprising mixed sequences of purines and pyrimidines |
US5854033A (en) | 1995-11-21 | 1998-12-29 | Yale University | Rolling circle replication reporter systems |
US5898031A (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 1999-04-27 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA |
US7812149B2 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2010-10-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations |
US20050119470A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2005-06-02 | Muthiah Manoharan | Conjugated oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US20070275921A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2007-11-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric Compounds That Facilitate Risc Loading |
US20040203024A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2004-10-14 | Baker Brenda F. | Modified oligonucleotides for use in RNA interference |
US9096636B2 (en) | 1996-06-06 | 2015-08-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US20050053976A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2005-03-10 | Baker Brenda F. | Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US20040147022A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2004-07-29 | Baker Brenda F. | 2'-methoxy substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations |
US20050042647A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2005-02-24 | Baker Brenda F. | Phosphorous-linked oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US20040171028A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2004-09-02 | Baker Brenda F. | Phosphorous-linked oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation |
US20040171031A1 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 2004-09-02 | Baker Brenda F. | Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation |
US20030044941A1 (en) | 1996-06-06 | 2003-03-06 | Crooke Stanley T. | Human RNase III and compositions and uses thereof |
US6111085A (en) * | 1996-09-13 | 2000-08-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Carbamate-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides |
EP1012331B1 (en) | 1997-07-01 | 2006-03-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the delivery of oligonucleotides via the alimentary canal |
US6342350B1 (en) * | 1997-09-05 | 2002-01-29 | The General Hospital Corporation | Alpha-2-macroglobulin diagnostic test |
US6028183A (en) | 1997-11-07 | 2000-02-22 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives and oligonucleotides containing same |
US6007992A (en) * | 1997-11-10 | 1999-12-28 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners |
US6020475A (en) * | 1998-02-10 | 2000-02-01 | Isis Pharmeuticals, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of oligomeric compounds |
WO2000018885A1 (en) * | 1998-09-29 | 2000-04-06 | Gamida Cell Ltd. | Methods of controlling proliferation and differentiation of stem and progenitor cells |
US20040186071A1 (en) * | 1998-04-13 | 2004-09-23 | Bennett C. Frank | Antisense modulation of CD40 expression |
US7321828B2 (en) * | 1998-04-13 | 2008-01-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | System of components for preparing oligonucleotides |
US6287772B1 (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2001-09-11 | Boston Probes, Inc. | Methods, kits and compositions for detecting and quantitating target sequences |
AU753270B2 (en) * | 1998-05-21 | 2002-10-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for topical delivery of oligonucleotides |
EP1080103A4 (en) * | 1998-05-21 | 2003-07-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions and methods for non-parenteral delivery of oligonucleotides |
US6867294B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2005-03-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gapped oligomers having site specific chiral phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages |
US6242589B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2001-06-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkages |
US6225293B1 (en) | 1998-09-02 | 2001-05-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compounds for tracking the biodistribution of macromolecule-carrier combinations |
DE19842527A1 (en) * | 1998-09-18 | 2000-03-23 | Friedrich Schiller Uni Jena Bu | Formation of a triple helix forming oligomer comprises searching for a cytosine and/or adenine-rich region of a double-stranded DNA |
US6077709A (en) | 1998-09-29 | 2000-06-20 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Antisense modulation of Survivin expression |
US6300320B1 (en) | 1999-01-05 | 2001-10-09 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of c-jun using inhibitors of protein kinase C |
US6127124A (en) * | 1999-01-20 | 2000-10-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Fluorescence based nuclease assay |
ATE241697T1 (en) * | 1999-03-31 | 2003-06-15 | Hybridon Inc | PSEUDO-CYCLIC OLIGONUCLEOBASES |
EP1316607A1 (en) * | 1999-03-31 | 2003-06-04 | Hybridon, Inc. | Pseudo-cyclic oligonucleobases for inhibiting tumor growth |
US7098192B2 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2006-08-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of STAT3 expression |
US7534605B2 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2009-05-19 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem | CD44 polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding same, antibodies directed thereagainst and method of using same for diagnosing and treating inflammatory diseases |
US6656730B1 (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2003-12-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs |
US6593466B1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2003-07-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Guanidinium functionalized nucleotides and precursors thereof |
US6428957B1 (en) * | 1999-11-08 | 2002-08-06 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Systems tools and methods of assaying biological materials using spatially-addressable arrays |
AU2778801A (en) * | 2000-01-07 | 2001-07-24 | Baylor University | Antisense compositions and methods |
US6261840B1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2001-07-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression |
US20020055479A1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2002-05-09 | Cowsert Lex M. | Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression |
US20030176385A1 (en) * | 2000-02-15 | 2003-09-18 | Jingfang Ju | Antisense modulation of protein expression |
DE60140864D1 (en) * | 2000-04-13 | 2010-02-04 | Thomas N Wight | THERAPEUTIC SUMMARIES AND METHOD FOR MODULATING V3, AN ISOFORM FROM VERSICAN |
US6680172B1 (en) | 2000-05-16 | 2004-01-20 | Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Treatments and markers for cancers of the central nervous system |
US6686188B2 (en) * | 2000-05-26 | 2004-02-03 | Amersham Plc | Polynucleotide encoding a human myosin-like polypeptide expressed predominantly in heart and muscle |
US6656700B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2003-12-02 | Amersham Plc | Isoforms of human pregnancy-associated protein-E |
US20060166227A1 (en) * | 2000-06-20 | 2006-07-27 | Stephen Kingsmore | Protein expression profiling |
US6323009B1 (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2001-11-27 | Molecular Staging, Inc. | Multiply-primed amplification of nucleic acid sequences |
US8568766B2 (en) * | 2000-08-24 | 2013-10-29 | Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah | Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies associated with eye disease |
US20020123474A1 (en) * | 2000-10-04 | 2002-09-05 | Shannon Mark E. | Human GTP-Rho binding protein2 |
EP2336166A1 (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2011-06-22 | University Of Rochester | Compositions that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells |
US7767802B2 (en) | 2001-01-09 | 2010-08-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of anti-apoptotic genes |
ES2328796T3 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2009-11-18 | Myriad Genetics, Inc. | TSG101-GAG INTERACTION AND USE OF THE SAME. |
WO2002096910A1 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-05 | Medarex, Inc. | Cytotoxins, prodrugs, linkers and stabilizers useful therefor |
GB0114007D0 (en) * | 2001-06-08 | 2001-08-01 | Isis Innovation | Oilgonucleotides |
CA2633171C (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2012-11-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Antibodies against tumor-associated antigenic target (tat) polypeptides |
AU2002315393A1 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2003-01-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of superoxide dismutase 1, soluble expression |
US6822088B2 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2004-11-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Synthesis of oligonucleotides on solid support |
US7425545B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2008-09-16 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of C-reactive protein expression |
US6964950B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2005-11-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of C-reactive protein expression |
US20030096772A1 (en) | 2001-07-30 | 2003-05-22 | Crooke Rosanne M. | Antisense modulation of acyl CoA cholesterol acyltransferase-2 expression |
US7407943B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2008-08-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression |
US7227014B2 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2007-06-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression |
US20030109476A1 (en) * | 2001-08-07 | 2003-06-12 | Kmiec Eric B. | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of Huntington's disease |
US20040096880A1 (en) * | 2001-08-07 | 2004-05-20 | Kmiec Eric B. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of diseases exhibiting protein misassembly and aggregation |
DE60238143D1 (en) | 2001-09-18 | 2010-12-09 | Genentech Inc | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS OF TUMORS |
US7070933B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2006-07-04 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Inversion probes |
NZ577565A (en) | 2001-10-09 | 2010-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expressions |
US6750019B2 (en) | 2001-10-09 | 2004-06-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expression |
WO2003037909A1 (en) * | 2001-10-29 | 2003-05-08 | Mcgill University | Acyclic linker-containing oligonucleotides and uses thereof |
US6965025B2 (en) | 2001-12-10 | 2005-11-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of connective tissue growth factor expression |
WO2003057160A2 (en) | 2002-01-02 | 2003-07-17 | Genentech, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor |
IL152904A0 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-06-24 | Gamida Cell Ltd | Utilization of retinoid and vitamin d receptor antagonists for expansion of renewable stem cell populations |
WO2003062404A1 (en) * | 2002-01-25 | 2003-07-31 | Gamida-Cell Ltd. | Methods of expanding stem and progenitor cells and expanded cell populations obtained thereby |
US7553619B2 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2009-06-30 | Qiagen Gmbh | Detection method using dissociated rolling circle amplification |
US20030180712A1 (en) | 2002-03-20 | 2003-09-25 | Biostratum Ab | Inhibition of the beta3 subunit of L-type Ca2+ channels |
MXPA04010092A (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2004-12-13 | Genentech Inc | Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor. |
AU2003228649A1 (en) * | 2002-04-23 | 2003-11-10 | U.S.Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods related to two-arm nucleic acid probes |
US20030199464A1 (en) | 2002-04-23 | 2003-10-23 | Silviu Itescu | Regeneration of endogenous myocardial tissue by induction of neovascularization |
US7199107B2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2007-04-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense modulation of kinesin-like 1 expression |
WO2003106617A2 (en) * | 2002-06-12 | 2003-12-24 | Tel Aviv Medical Center Research Development Fund | Oligonucleotides antibodies and kits including same for treating prostate cancer and determining predisposition thereto |
AU2003276131A1 (en) * | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-31 | Epigenesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | A dry powder oligonucleotide formulation, preparation and its uses |
US20050287648A1 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2005-12-29 | University Of Rochester | Protein Transducing Domain/Deaminase Chimeric Proteins, Related Compounds, and Uses Thereof |
AR040996A1 (en) | 2002-08-19 | 2005-04-27 | Coley Pharm Group Inc | IMMUNE STIMULATING NUCLEIC ACIDS |
CN1694959B (en) | 2002-09-13 | 2013-09-18 | 雷普利瑟公司 | Non-sequence complementary antiviral oligonucleotides |
EP1546170A4 (en) * | 2002-09-20 | 2007-08-29 | Univ Yale | Riboswitches, methods for their use, and compositions for use with riboswitches |
EP1549767A4 (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2006-06-07 | Amgen Inc | Modulation of forkhead box o1a expression |
WO2004110345A2 (en) * | 2002-10-29 | 2004-12-23 | Pharmacia Corporation | Differentially expressed genes involved in cancer, the polypeptides encoded thereby, and methods of using the same |
US9150605B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
CA2504929C (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2014-07-22 | Charles Allerson | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US9150606B2 (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
ES2420914T3 (en) | 2002-11-13 | 2013-08-27 | Genzyme Corporation | Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression |
EP2336318B1 (en) | 2002-11-13 | 2013-04-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression |
US20060009378A1 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2006-01-12 | Itshak Golan | Novel galectin sequences and compositions and methods utilizing same for treating or diagnosing arthritis and other chronic inflammatory diseases |
US7754450B2 (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2010-07-13 | Morphotek, Inc. | Methods of generating high-production of antibodies from hybridomas created by in vitro immunization |
JP4915980B2 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2012-04-11 | エムユーエスシー ファウンデーション フォー リサーチ デベロップメント | Complement receptor 2 targeted complement regulator |
EP1624753B1 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2012-01-25 | The University of Utah Research Foundation | Purinergic modulation of smell |
US7144999B2 (en) | 2002-11-23 | 2006-12-05 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression |
AU2003300919A1 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2004-06-30 | Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh | 5' cpg nucleic acids and methods of use |
US9487823B2 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2016-11-08 | Qiagen Gmbh | Nucleic acid amplification |
WO2004058987A2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-07-15 | Qiagen Gmbh | Nucleic acid amplification |
US6977153B2 (en) * | 2002-12-31 | 2005-12-20 | Qiagen Gmbh | Rolling circle amplification of RNA |
ES2400033T3 (en) | 2003-02-11 | 2013-04-05 | Antisense Therapeutics Ltd | Modulation of insulin-like growth factor I receptor expression |
US7803781B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2010-09-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of growth hormone receptor expression and insulin-like growth factor expression |
US20040185559A1 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2004-09-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 1 expression |
US8043834B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2011-10-25 | Qiagen Gmbh | Universal reagents for rolling circle amplification and methods of use |
US20040198640A1 (en) * | 2003-04-02 | 2004-10-07 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Stabilized polynucleotides for use in RNA interference |
US7598227B2 (en) | 2003-04-16 | 2009-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III expression |
WO2004093788A2 (en) * | 2003-04-17 | 2004-11-04 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Ofnew York | Desmoglein 4 is a novel gene involved in hair growth |
US7399853B2 (en) | 2003-04-28 | 2008-07-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Modulation of glucagon receptor expression |
BRPI0410886A (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2006-07-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | double stranded compound, pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, methods of modifying human survivin-encoding nucleic acid, inhibiting suvivin expression in cells or tissues, and treating a condition associated with suvivin expression or overexpression, and single stranded RNA oligonucleotide |
EP1633770B1 (en) | 2003-06-13 | 2015-04-29 | Alnylam Europe AG | Double-stranded ribonucleic acid with increased effectiveness in an organism |
EP1636342A4 (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2008-10-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Oligomeric compounds for use in gene modulation |
CA2533701A1 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2005-02-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas |
US7825235B2 (en) | 2003-08-18 | 2010-11-02 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 expression |
WO2005021583A2 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2005-03-10 | Mount Sinai School Of Medicine | METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING, TREATING, AND INDUCING INFERTILITY USING SMC1β |
US20050053981A1 (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-03-10 | Swayze Eric E. | Gapped oligomeric compounds having linked bicyclic sugar moieties at the termini |
US20070123480A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2007-05-31 | Replicor Inc. | Oligonucleotides targeting prion diseases |
WO2005027962A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-03-31 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4’-thionucleosides and oligomeric compounds |
US7425544B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2008-09-16 | Eli Lilly And Company | Modulation of eIF4E expression |
CA2536139A1 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2005-04-07 | Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. | Nucleic acid-lipophilic conjugates |
CA2540949A1 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-12 | Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh | C-class oligonucleotide analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory potency |
US20050191653A1 (en) | 2003-11-03 | 2005-09-01 | Freier Susan M. | Modulation of SGLT2 expression |
EP1689432B1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2009-12-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumor of hematopoietic origin |
WO2005071080A2 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2005-08-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression |
US8778900B2 (en) * | 2004-01-22 | 2014-07-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of eIF4E-BP1 expression |
US7468431B2 (en) | 2004-01-22 | 2008-12-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of eIF4E-BP2 expression |
EP1713900A4 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2009-06-17 | Compugen Ltd | Methods and systems for annotating biomolecular sequences |
US7842459B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2010-11-30 | Compugen Ltd. | Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis |
ATE491715T1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2011-01-15 | Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc | OLIGORIBONUCLEOTIDES AND METHOD FOR USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF FIBROTIC DISEASES AND OTHER DISEASES |
ATE447024T1 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2009-11-15 | Dharmacon Inc | STABILIZED RNAS AS TRANSFECTION CONTROLS AND SILENCING REAGENTS |
US20090280567A1 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2009-11-12 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Stabilized sirnas as transfection controls and silencing reagents |
US8569474B2 (en) * | 2004-03-09 | 2013-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand |
US8790919B2 (en) | 2004-03-15 | 2014-07-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for optimizing cleavage of RNA by RNase H |
KR101147147B1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2012-05-25 | 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 | Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in rna interference |
US20050267300A1 (en) | 2004-04-05 | 2005-12-01 | Muthiah Manoharan | Processes and reagents for oligonucleotide synthesis and purification |
US20050244869A1 (en) * | 2004-04-05 | 2005-11-03 | Brown-Driver Vickie L | Modulation of transthyretin expression |
US20050260755A1 (en) * | 2004-04-06 | 2005-11-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sequential delivery of oligomeric compounds |
AU2005323437B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2011-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotides comprising a C5-modified pyrimidine |
EP3225633B1 (en) | 2004-05-21 | 2020-03-25 | The UAB Research Foundation | Variable lymphocyte receptors, related polypeptides and nucleic acids, and uses thereof |
CA2569419A1 (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2005-12-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation |
CA2569036A1 (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2005-12-22 | Balkrishen Bhat | Chimeric gapped oligomeric compositions |
US8394947B2 (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2013-03-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Positionally modified siRNA constructs |
US20090048192A1 (en) * | 2004-06-03 | 2009-02-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double Strand Compositions Comprising Differentially Modified Strands for Use in Gene Modulation |
AU2005326144A1 (en) * | 2004-06-08 | 2006-08-03 | Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh | Abasic oligonucleotide as carrier platform for antigen and immunostimulatory agonist and antagonist |
US7884086B2 (en) * | 2004-09-08 | 2011-02-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugates for use in hepatocyte free uptake assays |
WO2006030442A2 (en) * | 2004-09-16 | 2006-03-23 | Gamida-Cell Ltd. | Methods of ex vivo progenitor and stem cell expansion by co-culture with mesenchymal cells |
WO2006032144A1 (en) * | 2004-09-23 | 2006-03-30 | Arc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods relating to inhibiting fibrous adhesions or inflammatory disease using fucans from various echinoderm sources |
BRPI0516177B8 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2021-05-25 | Quark Biotech Inc | oligoribonucleotides, their use, use of a compound effective to inhibit human p53 and pharmaceutical composition containing them, as well as a method for decreasing p53 gene expression |
MY159370A (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2016-12-30 | Coley Pharm Group Inc | Semi-soft-class immunostimulatory oligonucleotides |
WO2006050999A2 (en) * | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | Obe Therapy Biotechnology S.A.S | Methods of reducing body fat |
US20060166234A1 (en) * | 2004-11-22 | 2006-07-27 | Barbara Robertson | Apparatus and system having dry control gene silencing compositions |
US7935811B2 (en) * | 2004-11-22 | 2011-05-03 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions |
US7923207B2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2011-04-12 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing pools |
CN101175769A (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2008-05-07 | 健泰科生物技术公司 | Methods and compositions for modulating vascular integrity |
US7476733B2 (en) * | 2005-03-25 | 2009-01-13 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Development of a real-time PCR assay for detection of pneumococcal DNA and diagnosis of pneumococccal disease |
US20060223777A1 (en) * | 2005-03-29 | 2006-10-05 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Highly functional short hairpin RNA |
US8309303B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2012-11-13 | Qiagen Gmbh | Reverse transcription and amplification of RNA with simultaneous degradation of DNA |
US20060241076A1 (en) * | 2005-04-26 | 2006-10-26 | Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh | Modified oligoribonucleotide analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory activity |
EP1891141B1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2016-11-16 | Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne (EPFL) | Triblock copolymers for cytoplasmic delivery of gene-based drugs |
US20090209621A1 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2009-08-20 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions and methods for decreasing microrna expression for the treatment of neoplasia |
WO2006138145A1 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2006-12-28 | Northwestern University | Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications |
WO2006137786A1 (en) * | 2005-06-20 | 2006-12-28 | Avaris Ab | Hybridization-stabilizing construct |
CA2614531C (en) | 2005-07-07 | 2015-06-16 | Avraham Hochberg | Nucleic acid agents for downregulating h19, and methods of using same |
US7776532B2 (en) | 2005-08-11 | 2010-08-17 | Synthetic Genomics, Inc. | Method for in vitro recombination |
JP2009504168A (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2009-02-05 | メディクシス エス.エー. | Composition and method for confirming CK19 expression |
WO2007027775A2 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for use in modulating mir-122a |
EP1762627A1 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2007-03-14 | Qiagen GmbH | Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction |
US20080279868A1 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2008-11-13 | Medarex, Inc. | Antibody-Drug Conjugates and Methods of Use |
IL172297A (en) | 2005-10-03 | 2016-03-31 | Compugen Ltd | Soluble vegfr-1 variants for diagnosis of preeclamsia |
US8383598B2 (en) * | 2005-10-12 | 2013-02-26 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Immune regulatory oligonucleotide (IRO) compounds to modulate toll-like receptor based immune response |
US8399423B2 (en) * | 2005-10-12 | 2013-03-19 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Immune regulatory oligonucleotide (IRO) compounds to modulate toll-like receptor based immune response |
US8426375B2 (en) * | 2005-10-12 | 2013-04-23 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Immune regulatory oligonucleotide (IRO) compounds to modulate toll-like receptor based immune response |
EP2392645A1 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2011-12-07 | MUSC Foundation For Research Development | Targeting PAX2 for the induction of DEFB1-mediated tumor immunity and cancer therapy |
US8080534B2 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2011-12-20 | Phigenix, Inc | Targeting PAX2 for the treatment of breast cancer |
JP5111385B2 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2013-01-09 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Composition and method for suppressing expression of huntingtin gene |
AU2006311730B2 (en) | 2005-11-09 | 2010-12-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Factor V Leiden mutant gene |
JP2009516710A (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2009-04-23 | アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド | Modulating the expression of eIF4E-BP2 |
US8846393B2 (en) | 2005-11-29 | 2014-09-30 | Gamida-Cell Ltd. | Methods of improving stem cell homing and engraftment |
JP2009524411A (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2009-07-02 | イェール ユニバーシティー | Methods and compositions related to the regulation of riboswitches |
JP5713377B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2015-05-07 | ザ スクリプス リサーチ インスティテュート | Natural antisense and non-coding RNA transcripts as drug targets |
US20100184021A1 (en) | 2006-01-16 | 2010-07-22 | Compugen Ltd. | Novel nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof for diagnosis |
ES2516815T3 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2014-10-31 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Analogs of bicyclic nucleic acids modified at position 6 |
EP2388328A1 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2011-11-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and compositions for the use in modulation of micrornas |
US7569686B1 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2009-08-04 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
EP2527354A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2012-11-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Eg5 gene |
MX2008014005A (en) * | 2006-05-03 | 2009-01-27 | Baltic Technology Dev Ltd | Antisense agents combining strongly bound base - modified oligonucleotide and artificial nuclease. |
US8586554B2 (en) | 2006-05-05 | 2013-11-19 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating expression of PTP1B |
DE102006020885A1 (en) * | 2006-05-05 | 2007-11-08 | Qiagen Gmbh | Inserting a tag sequence into a nucleic acid comprises using an anchor oligonucleotide comprising a hybridizing anchor sequence and a nonhybridizing tag-template sequence |
US7666854B2 (en) * | 2006-05-11 | 2010-02-23 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
EP3872179A1 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2021-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the pcsk9 gene |
DK2066684T3 (en) * | 2006-05-11 | 2012-10-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | 5'-Modified Bicyclic Nucleic Acid Analogs |
CA2652770A1 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Rnai modulation of aha and therapeutic uses thereof |
WO2007137220A2 (en) | 2006-05-22 | 2007-11-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of ikk-b gene |
US9506056B2 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2016-11-29 | Northwestern University | Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications |
US8198253B2 (en) | 2006-07-19 | 2012-06-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and their uses directed to HBXIP |
US20100137440A1 (en) * | 2006-09-11 | 2010-06-03 | Yale University | Lysine riboswitches, structure-based compound design with lysine riboswitches, and methods and compositions for use of and with lysine riboswitches |
AU2007299629C1 (en) | 2006-09-21 | 2012-05-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the HAMP gene |
CA2663601C (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2014-11-25 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by rna interference |
MX2009003398A (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2009-08-12 | Coley Pharm Gmbh | Cpg oligonucleotide analogs containing hydrophobic t analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory activity. |
KR101129509B1 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2012-04-13 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Lipid containing formulations |
EP2081596A4 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2010-07-21 | Univ Utah Res Found | Method of detecting ocular diseases and pathologic conditions and treatment of same |
US8999317B2 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2015-04-07 | University Of Rochester | Methods and compositions related to the structure and function of APOBEC3G |
KR20090089462A (en) | 2006-12-11 | 2009-08-21 | 유니버시티 오브 유타 리써치 파운데이션 | Compositions and methods for treating pathologic angiogenesis and vascular permeability |
US20100129358A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-05-27 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Method of detecting ocular diseases and pathologic conditions and treatment of same |
ATE548454T1 (en) * | 2007-01-16 | 2012-03-15 | Yissum Res Dev Co | NUCLEIC ACID ACTIVE SUBSTANCES FOR STOPPING H19 FOR THE TREATMENT OF RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS |
US20100196403A1 (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2010-08-05 | Jacob Hochman | Antibody conjugates for circumventing multi-drug resistance |
KR101488800B1 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2015-02-04 | 노오쓰웨스턴 유니버시티 | Particles for detecting intracellular targets |
JP2010520749A (en) * | 2007-02-27 | 2010-06-17 | ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ | Binding molecules to nanoparticles |
CN101801185A (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2010-08-11 | 耶鲁大学 | Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that control alternative splicing |
PE20090064A1 (en) | 2007-03-26 | 2009-03-02 | Novartis Ag | DOUBLE-CHAIN RIBONUCLEIC ACID TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF THE HUMAN E6AP GENE AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT |
AU2008232891B2 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2012-01-12 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of a gene from the Ebola |
US20110091377A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2011-04-21 | The Johns Hopkins University | Biomarkers for melanoma |
CA2687684A1 (en) * | 2007-05-29 | 2008-12-11 | Yale University | Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that control alternative splicing and rna processing |
SG174103A1 (en) * | 2007-05-29 | 2011-09-29 | Univ Yale | Riboswitches and methods and compositions for use of and with riboswitches |
AU2008260277C1 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2014-04-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
DK2173760T4 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2016-02-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Carbocyclic bicyclic nukleinsyreanaloge |
EP2176280B2 (en) * | 2007-07-05 | 2015-06-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
CN103215269B (en) | 2007-07-05 | 2015-01-21 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Dsrna for treating viral infection |
US8088904B2 (en) | 2007-08-15 | 2012-01-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs |
JP2010537638A (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2010-12-09 | ユーエービー リサーチ ファウンデーション | Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimetic polypeptides and methods of use |
JP2010538005A (en) * | 2007-08-28 | 2010-12-09 | ユーエービー リサーチ ファウンデーション | Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimetic polypeptides and methods of use |
PL2769729T3 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2019-09-30 | Compugen Ltd. | Polypeptides and polynucleotides, and uses thereof as a drug target for producing drugs and biologics |
WO2009039466A1 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2009-03-26 | Vanderbilt University | Free solution measurement of molecular interactions by backscattering interferometry |
WO2009039442A1 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2009-03-26 | California Institute Of Technology | Nfia in glial fate determination, glioma therapy and astrocytoma treatment |
EP2205741A2 (en) | 2007-10-02 | 2010-07-14 | Amgen Inc. | Increasing erythropoietin using nucleic acids hybridizable to micro-rna and precursors thereof |
JP2011502502A (en) * | 2007-11-05 | 2011-01-27 | バルティック テクロノジー デヴェロプメント,リミテッド | Use of oligonucleotides containing modified bases in nucleic acid hybridization |
US8097712B2 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2012-01-17 | Beelogics Inc. | Compositions for conferring tolerance to viral disease in social insects, and the use thereof |
EP2222851B1 (en) * | 2007-11-20 | 2017-06-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of cd40 expression |
WO2009067647A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Carbocyclic alpha-l-bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
JP5530933B2 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2014-06-25 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and methods for inhibiting factor VII gene expression |
US7845686B2 (en) * | 2007-12-17 | 2010-12-07 | S & B Technical Products, Inc. | Restrained pipe joining system for plastic pipe |
WO2009086558A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-09 | Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Improved compositions and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids |
US8530640B2 (en) * | 2008-02-07 | 2013-09-10 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs |
US8188060B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2012-05-29 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Duplex oligonucleotides with enhanced functionality in gene regulation |
EA019531B1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2014-04-30 | Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING EXPRESSION OF Eg5 AND VEGF GENES |
WO2009117589A1 (en) | 2008-03-21 | 2009-09-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclic nucleosides and methods for their use |
WO2009124238A1 (en) * | 2008-04-04 | 2009-10-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleosides |
JP5685182B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2015-03-18 | バクスター・インターナショナル・インコーポレイテッドBaxter International Incorp0Rated | Microsphere-based composition for preventing and / or reversing primary autoimmune diabetes |
EP2280995A2 (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2011-02-09 | Wyeth LLC | Methods for treating inflammation |
US8082730B2 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2011-12-27 | Caterpillar Inc. | Engine system having particulate reduction device and method |
CA2728467A1 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tgf-beta receptor genes |
US20110237646A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2011-09-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of transthyretin expression for the treatment of cns related disorders |
AU2009275387B2 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2010-07-08 | Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides directed against connective tissue growth factor and uses thereof |
EP2331690B1 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2016-01-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mutant egfr gene |
US8501805B2 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2013-08-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted alpha-L-bicyclic nucleosides |
WO2010036696A1 (en) | 2008-09-24 | 2010-04-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclohexenyl nucleic acid analogs |
EP2334793B1 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2016-04-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of serum amyloid a gene |
EP2743265B1 (en) | 2008-10-09 | 2017-03-15 | Arbutus Biopharma Corporation | Improved amino lipids and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids |
PL2379084T3 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2018-04-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of factor 11 expression |
IL302142B1 (en) | 2008-10-20 | 2024-03-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions and Methods for Inhabiting Expression of TRANSTHYRETIN |
EP2447274B1 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2017-10-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and methods |
US20120059045A1 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-03-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of using oligomeric compounds comprising 2'-substituted nucleosides |
MX2011004909A (en) * | 2008-11-17 | 2011-05-30 | Hoffmann La Roche | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor vii genes. |
DK2365803T3 (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2018-01-22 | Univ Northwestern | POLYVALENT RNA NANOPARTICLE COMPOSITIONS |
WO2010061393A1 (en) | 2008-11-30 | 2010-06-03 | Compugen Ltd. | He4 variant nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof |
EP2370580B1 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2019-09-11 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirtuin 1 |
CN102317458B (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2018-01-02 | 库尔纳公司 | Pass through treatment of the suppression of erythropoietin(EPO) (EPO) natural antisense transcript to EPO relevant diseases |
WO2010065787A2 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2010-06-10 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of tumor suppressor gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to the gene |
EP2633854B1 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2015-09-16 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | miRNA-9 or miRNA-9* for use in treating ALS |
AU2009324534B2 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2015-07-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | GNAQ targeted dsRNA compositions and methods for inhibiting expression |
WO2010080554A1 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2010-07-15 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense compositions and methods for modulating contact hypersensitivity or contact dermatitis |
US20100233270A1 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2010-09-16 | Northwestern University | Delivery of Oligonucleotide-Functionalized Nanoparticles |
AU2010203474B2 (en) * | 2009-01-08 | 2015-11-19 | Northwestern University | Inhibition of bacterial protein production by polyvalent oligonucleotide modified nanoparticle conjugates |
KR101546673B1 (en) * | 2009-01-15 | 2015-08-25 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Toner for electrophotographic and process for preparing the same |
WO2010088537A2 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2010-08-05 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Improved lipid formulation |
AU2010211133A1 (en) | 2009-02-03 | 2011-07-21 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of PTP1B genes |
WO2010090762A1 (en) | 2009-02-04 | 2010-08-12 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Rna duplexes with single stranded phosphorothioate nucleotide regions for additional functionality |
US8536320B2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2013-09-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs |
JP5766126B2 (en) | 2009-02-12 | 2015-08-19 | クルナ・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) -related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against BDNF |
CA2752239C (en) | 2009-02-12 | 2021-03-30 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of glial cell derived neurotrophic factor (gdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to gdnf |
US20120041051A1 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2012-02-16 | Kevin Fitzgerald | Compositions And Methods For Inhibiting Expression Of MIG-12 Gene |
WO2010101951A1 (en) | 2009-03-02 | 2010-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleic acid chemical modifications |
EP2403946A4 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2012-11-14 | Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirt 1 | |
US20100267806A1 (en) | 2009-03-12 | 2010-10-21 | David Bumcrot | LIPID FORMULATED COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING EXPRESSION OF Eg5 AND VEGF GENES |
CN102482677B (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2017-10-17 | 库尔纳公司 | Nuclear factor (red blood cell derives 2) sample 2 (NRF2) relevant disease is treated by suppressing NRF2 natural antisense transcript |
CN102549159B (en) | 2009-03-17 | 2016-08-10 | 库尔纳公司 | By suppressing to treat the disease that DLK1 is correlated with for the natural antisense transcript of δ sample 1 congener (DLK1) |
CA2757694C (en) | 2009-04-15 | 2020-10-06 | Northwestern University | Delivery of oligonucleotide-functionalized nanoparticles |
EP3248618A1 (en) | 2009-04-22 | 2017-11-29 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Innate immune suppression enables repeated delivery of long rna molecules |
DK2424987T3 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2018-02-26 | Curna Inc | TREATMENT OF HEMOGLOBIN (HBF / HBG) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENSE TRANSCRIPTION TO HBF / HBG |
NZ596186A (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2014-03-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Lipid compositions |
AU2010245933B2 (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2016-06-16 | Arbutus Biopharma Corporation | Methods of delivering oligonucleotides to immune cells |
WO2010129799A2 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2010-11-11 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of lipid transport and metabolism gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a lipid transport and metabolism gene |
ES2609655T3 (en) | 2009-05-06 | 2017-04-21 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to tristetraproline (TTP) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript for TTP |
WO2010132665A1 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Yale University | Gemm riboswitches, structure-based compound design with gemm riboswitches, and methods and compositions for use of and with gemm riboswitches |
BRPI1012769A2 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2018-01-30 | Hoffmann La Roche | compositions and methods for inhibiting glucocorticoid receptor (gcr) gene expression |
EP2432881B1 (en) | 2009-05-18 | 2017-11-15 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of reprogramming factor related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a reprogramming factor |
WO2010135695A2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2010-11-25 | Curna, Inc. | TREATMENT OF TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR E3 (TFE3) and INSULIN RECEPTOR SUBSTRATE 2 (IRS2) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENSE TRANSCRIPT TO TFE3 |
US20100303795A1 (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2010-12-02 | Soerensen Karina Dalsgaard | Marker of prostate cancer |
ES2618576T3 (en) | 2009-05-28 | 2017-06-21 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to an antiviral gene by inhibiting a natural antisense transcript to an antiviral gene |
CA2762206C (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2017-06-27 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Potentiation of autoimmune and inflammatory disease treatments by immune regulatory oligonucleotide (iro) antagonists of tlr7 and tlr9 |
HUE038796T2 (en) | 2009-06-10 | 2018-11-28 | Arbutus Biopharma Corp | Improved lipid formulation |
JP6128846B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2017-05-17 | クルナ・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of PON1 gene-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against paraoxonase (PON1) |
WO2010148050A2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-23 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of collagen gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a collagen gene |
WO2010151671A2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2010-12-29 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 (tnfr2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tnfr2 |
CA2765815A1 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2010-12-29 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of down syndrome gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a down syndrome gene |
US8927513B2 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2015-01-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5′ phosphate mimics |
US9512164B2 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2016-12-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligonucleotide end caps |
CA2769665A1 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2011-02-10 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of insulin gene (ins) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an insulin gene (ins) |
EP2462153B1 (en) | 2009-08-06 | 2015-07-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs |
EP2464336A4 (en) | 2009-08-14 | 2013-11-20 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of a gene from the ebola virus |
WO2011022420A1 (en) | 2009-08-17 | 2011-02-24 | Yale University | Methylation biomarkers and methods of use |
KR101892760B1 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2018-08-28 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of 'iq motif containing gtpase activating protein' (iqgap) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to iqgap |
US8431544B1 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2013-04-30 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for inhibiting gene expression and uses thereof |
AU2010289400B2 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2014-10-23 | Curis, Inc. | Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same |
WO2011044902A1 (en) | 2009-10-13 | 2011-04-21 | Aarhus Universitet | Tff3 hypomethylation as a novel biomarker for prostate cancer |
CN105368836A (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2016-03-02 | 耶路撒冷希伯来大学伊森姆研究发展公司 | Compositions for controlling varroa mites in bees |
US8962584B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2015-02-24 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. | Compositions for controlling Varroa mites in bees |
CA2778442A1 (en) | 2009-10-22 | 2011-04-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating hepsin activation of macrophage-stimulating protein |
JP6147502B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2017-06-14 | スウィフト バイオサイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Polynucleotide primers and probes |
US9376690B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2016-06-28 | Northwestern University | Templated nanoconjugates |
KR20120102674A (en) | 2009-11-03 | 2012-09-18 | 유니버시티 오브 버지니아 페이턴트 파운데이션 | Versatile, visible method for detecting polymeric analytes |
AR078921A1 (en) * | 2009-11-09 | 2011-12-14 | Hoffmann La Roche | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF GENES OF THE QUINESINAS SUPERFAMILY, KIF10 |
WO2011058555A1 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-19 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | A method of editing dna in a cell and constructs capable of same |
CN102712928B (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2017-08-04 | 萨雷普塔治疗公司 | Antisense antiviral compound and the method for treating influenza infection |
CA2781469A1 (en) | 2009-11-23 | 2011-05-26 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Devices to extend single stranded target molecules |
CN102741294A (en) | 2009-11-30 | 2012-10-17 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | Antibodies for treating and diagnosing tumors expressing SLC34A2 (TAT211 = SEQID 2) |
NO2513310T3 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2018-03-31 | ||
US9068183B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2015-06-30 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of uncoupling protein 2 (UCP2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to UCP2 |
CN102869776B (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2017-06-23 | 库尔纳公司 | HGF relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of HGF (HGF) |
CA2785173A1 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2011-07-28 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of nuclear respiratory factor 1 (nrf1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf1 |
KR101853508B1 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2018-06-20 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | TREATMENT OF TUMOR PROTEIN 63 (p63) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENSE TRANSCRIPT TO p63 |
US8946181B2 (en) | 2010-01-04 | 2015-02-03 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of interferon regulatory factor 8 (IRF8) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to IRF8 |
RU2612161C2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2017-03-02 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of pancreatic developmental gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pancreatic developmental gene |
WO2011085347A2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2011-07-14 | Opko Curna, Llc | Treatment of sex hormone binding globulin (shbg) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to shbg |
WO2011085102A1 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2011-07-14 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Base modified bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011088076A2 (en) | 2010-01-12 | 2011-07-21 | Yale University | Structured rna motifs and compounds and methods for their use |
CN102782135A (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2012-11-14 | 库尔纳公司 | Treatment of RNase H1 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to RNase H1 |
CA2824843A1 (en) | 2010-02-04 | 2011-08-11 | Ico Therapeutics Inc. | Dosing regimens for treating and preventing ocular disorders using c-raf antisense |
WO2011095174A1 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2011-08-11 | Aarhus Universitet | Human herpes virus 6 and 7 u20 polypeptide and polynucleotides for use as a medicament or diagnosticum |
CA2790506A1 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2011-08-25 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of pyrroline-5-carboxylate reductase 1 (pycr1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pycr1 |
WO2011105902A2 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2011-09-01 | Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam | Antagonists of complement component 8-beta (c8-beta) and uses thereof |
PE20130214A1 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2013-03-11 | Genentech Inc | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS |
WO2011105900A2 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2011-09-01 | Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam | Antagonists of complement component 8-alpha (c8-alpha) and uses thereof |
WO2011105901A2 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2011-09-01 | Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam | Antagonists of complement component 9 (c9) and uses thereof |
WO2011107100A1 (en) | 2010-03-03 | 2011-09-09 | Aarhus Universitet | Methods and compositions for regulation of herv4 |
WO2011112516A1 (en) | 2010-03-08 | 2011-09-15 | Ico Therapeutics Inc. | Treating and preventing hepatitis c virus infection using c-raf kinase antisense oligonucleotides |
MY163887A (en) | 2010-03-08 | 2017-11-15 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Polynucleotide molecules for gene regulations in plants |
ES2743600T3 (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2020-02-20 | Brigham & Womens Hospital Inc | Methods of treatment of vascular inflammatory disorders |
EP2545173A2 (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2013-01-16 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense modulation of nuclear hormone receptors |
WO2011113054A2 (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2011-09-15 | Aurasense Llc | Crosslinked polynucleotide structure |
WO2011115818A1 (en) | 2010-03-17 | 2011-09-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5'-substituted bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011120046A2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Methods and compositions for isolating polynucleotides |
AU2011235276B2 (en) | 2010-03-29 | 2015-09-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SiRNA therapy for transthyretin (TTR) related ocular amyloidosis |
WO2011123621A2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2011-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. | 2' and 5' modified monomers and oligonucleotides |
TWI644675B (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2018-12-21 | 可娜公司 | Treatment of fibroblast growth factor 21 (fgf21) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to fgf21 |
US20110269194A1 (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2011-11-03 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Materials and methods for nucleic acid fractionation by solid phase entrapment and enzyme-mediated detachment |
WO2011133871A2 (en) | 2010-04-22 | 2011-10-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5'-end derivatives |
US9127033B2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2015-09-08 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5′ modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
EP3173419A1 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2017-05-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified nucleosides, analogs thereof and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
MX343559B (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2016-11-10 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modulation of transthyretin expression. |
CN107988228B (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2022-01-25 | 库尔纳公司 | Treatment of Sirtuin (SIRT) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to Sirtuin (SIRT) |
MX342239B (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2016-09-21 | Genentech Inc * | Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor. |
EP2569431B1 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2015-09-23 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods for identifying compounds which modulate interleukins 17 and 23 signaling activity |
TWI531370B (en) | 2010-05-14 | 2016-05-01 | 可娜公司 | Treatment of par4 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to par4 |
DK2576783T3 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2018-03-12 | Curna Inc | TREATMENT OF ATONAL HOMOLOGY 1- (ATOH1) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENCE TRANSCRIPTS AT ATOH1 |
US20130203045A1 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2013-08-08 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Method for detecting nucleic acids based on aggregate formation |
EP2576579B1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2018-08-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis |
WO2011156278A1 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2011156202A1 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2011-12-15 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2 '-amino and 2 '-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9638632B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2017-05-02 | Vanderbilt University | Multiplexed interferometric detection system and method |
WO2011163466A1 (en) | 2010-06-23 | 2011-12-29 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Regulation of skin pigmentation by neuregulin-1 (nrg-1) |
CA2805024A1 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2012-01-05 | Compugen Ltd. | Polypeptides and uses thereof as a drug for treatment of multiples sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders |
NO2593547T3 (en) | 2010-07-14 | 2018-04-14 | ||
US20130143955A1 (en) | 2010-08-09 | 2013-06-06 | Yale University | Cyclic di-GMP-II Riboswitches, Motifs, and Compounds, and Methods for Their Use |
US20130210901A1 (en) | 2010-09-20 | 2013-08-15 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. | Method of treating neurodegenerative diseases |
WO2012047968A2 (en) | 2010-10-05 | 2012-04-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same |
RU2624048C2 (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2017-06-30 | Курна, Инк. | Treatment of diseases associated with the sialidase 4 (neu4) gene, by gene neu4 natural antisense transcript inhibition |
CN103517990A (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2014-01-15 | 通用医疗公司 | Biomarkers of cancer |
US8951983B2 (en) | 2010-10-17 | 2015-02-10 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Methods and compositions for the treatment of insulin-associated medical conditions |
EP3434772A3 (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2019-03-20 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of rrm2 genes |
JP6049623B2 (en) | 2010-10-22 | 2016-12-21 | カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド | Treatment of IDUA-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts to α-L-iduronidase (IDUA) |
KR101913232B1 (en) | 2010-10-27 | 2018-10-30 | 큐알엔에이, 인크. | Treatment of interferon-related developmental regulator 1(ifrd1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to ifrd1 |
CN110123830A (en) | 2010-11-09 | 2019-08-16 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Composition and method for inhibiting the lipid of the expression of Eg5 and VEGF gene to prepare |
DK2638163T3 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2017-07-24 | Massachusetts Gen Hospital | POLYCOMB-ASSOCIATED NON-CODING RNAs |
CA3077910A1 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2012-05-24 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of alpha synuclein expression |
JP6071893B2 (en) | 2010-11-23 | 2017-02-01 | カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド | Treatment of NANOG-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts to NANOG |
US9150926B2 (en) | 2010-12-06 | 2015-10-06 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Diagnosis and treatment of adrenocortical tumors using human microRNA-483 |
US9193973B2 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2015-11-24 | Alynylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (EPO) production |
US9127275B2 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2015-09-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes |
US9045749B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2015-06-02 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods targeting miR-128 for regulating cholesterol/lipid metabolism |
EP2670404B1 (en) | 2011-02-02 | 2018-08-29 | The Trustees of Princeton University | Sirtuin modulators as virus production modulators |
MX365647B (en) | 2011-02-02 | 2019-06-10 | Excaliard Pharmaceuticals Inc | Method of treating keloids or hypertrophic scars using antisense compounds targeting connective tissue growth factor (ctgf). |
US9562853B2 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2017-02-07 | Vanderbilt University | Nonaqueous backscattering interferometric methods |
US8877722B2 (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2014-11-04 | Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for inhibiting gene expression and uses thereof |
KR102365961B1 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2022-02-23 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tmprss6 gene |
EP2694660B1 (en) | 2011-04-03 | 2018-08-08 | The General Hospital Corporation | Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna) |
WO2012140627A1 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2012-10-18 | Compugen Ltd. | Polypeptides and polynucleotides, and uses thereof for treatment of immune related disorders and cancer |
WO2012149154A1 (en) | 2011-04-26 | 2012-11-01 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Polynucleotide primers and probes |
WO2012151289A2 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2012-11-08 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Method and system to detect aggregate formation on a substrate |
WO2012151268A1 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2012-11-08 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Method and system for high throughput optical and label free detection of analytes |
WO2012170347A1 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-13 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
CN103620036B (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2016-12-21 | 库尔纳公司 | FXN relevant disease is treated by the natural antisense transcript of suppression Frataxin (FXN) |
CA3191066A1 (en) | 2011-06-21 | 2012-12-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibition of expression of apolipoprotein c-iii (apoc3) genes |
EP2723351B1 (en) | 2011-06-21 | 2018-02-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibition of expression of protein c (proc) genes |
AU2012272970A1 (en) | 2011-06-21 | 2014-02-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiopoietin-like 3 (ANGPTL3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP2723390B1 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2017-12-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment |
WO2013001517A1 (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2013-01-03 | Compugen Ltd. | Polypeptides and uses thereof for treatment of autoimmune disorders and infection |
CN103635576B (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2016-09-21 | 箭头研究公司 | For suppressing compositions and the method for the gene expression of hepatitis B virus |
JP2014526887A (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2014-10-09 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | How to improve the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation |
CA2844012C (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2021-03-16 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Micro-rnas and compositions comprising same for the treatment and diagnosis of serotonin-, adrenalin-, noradrenalin-, glutamate-, and corticotropin-releasing hormone- associated medical conditions |
EP3225698B1 (en) | 2011-09-06 | 2019-07-31 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Closed nucleic acid structures |
US9840715B1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2017-12-12 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for delaying senescence and improving disease tolerance and yield in plants |
US10829828B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2020-11-10 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
WO2013040057A1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2013-03-21 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
BR112014005958A2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2020-10-13 | Monsanto Technology Llc | agricultural chemical methods and compositions for plant control, method of reducing expression of an accase gene in a plant, microbial expression cassette, method for making a polynucleotide, method of identifying polynucleotides useful in modulating expression of the accase gene and herbicidal composition |
US10760086B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2020-09-01 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
CA2848685A1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2013-03-21 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control comprising topical application of a glutamine synthetase polynucleotide |
US10806146B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2020-10-20 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
UY34328A (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2013-04-30 | Monsanto Technology Llc | ? COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO CONTROL MALEZAS UNDERSTANDING A POLINUCLEOTIDE AND TRANSFER AGENT, AND THAT MODULATE PROTOPORPHYRINOGEN IX OXIDASE. |
DK2756080T3 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2019-05-20 | Translate Bio Ma Inc | MULTIMERIC OILONCLEOTID CONNECTIONS |
WO2013040499A1 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2013-03-21 | Northwestern University | Nanoconjugates able to cross the blood-brain barrier |
US9920326B1 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2018-03-20 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for increasing invertase activity in plants |
US9580713B2 (en) | 2011-09-17 | 2017-02-28 | Yale University | Fluoride-responsive riboswitches, fluoride transporters, and methods of use |
EP2766482B1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2016-12-07 | The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. | Micrornas in neurodegenerative disorders |
RS57645B1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2018-11-30 | Hoffmann La Roche | Anti-htra1 antibodies and methods of use |
EP2771464B1 (en) | 2011-10-27 | 2018-03-21 | Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd. | Methods of treating cancer |
WO2013090457A2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2013-06-20 | Oncoimmunin Inc. | In vivo delivery of oligonucleotides |
SG2014008304A (en) | 2012-02-01 | 2014-06-27 | Compugen Ltd | C10rf32 antibodies, and uses thereof for treatment of cancer |
WO2013121426A1 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2013-08-22 | Gamida-Cell Ltd. | Culturing of mesenchymal stem cells |
EP3401393B1 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2020-02-19 | Exostem Biotec Ltd | Micrornas for the generation of astrocytes |
WO2013124816A2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2013-08-29 | Brainstem Biotec Ltd. | Generation of neural stem cells and motor neurons |
JP6509723B2 (en) | 2012-03-13 | 2019-05-08 | スウィフト バイオサイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Methods and compositions for size-controlled homopolymeric tailing of substrate polynucleotides by nucleic acid polymerase |
ES2694592T3 (en) | 2012-03-15 | 2018-12-21 | Curna, Inc. | Treatment of diseases related to brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript of BDNF |
US9610362B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-04-04 | Valerion Therapeutics, Llc | Antisense conjugates for decreasing expression of DMPK |
US9221864B2 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2015-12-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs |
WO2013154799A1 (en) | 2012-04-09 | 2013-10-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US9133461B2 (en) | 2012-04-10 | 2015-09-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the ALAS1 gene |
CN107083385A (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2017-08-22 | 艾珀特玛治疗公司 | The miRNA conditioning agents of heat production |
US9127274B2 (en) | 2012-04-26 | 2015-09-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serpinc1 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP3597741A1 (en) | 2012-04-27 | 2020-01-22 | Duke University | Genetic correction of mutated genes |
US9273949B2 (en) | 2012-05-11 | 2016-03-01 | Vanderbilt University | Backscattering interferometric methods |
US20150152410A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2015-06-04 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating mecp2 expression |
CA2873809A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2013-11-21 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression |
US10059941B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2018-08-28 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating SMN gene family expression |
MX360866B (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2018-11-09 | A B Seeds Ltd | Compositions and methods for silencing gene expression. |
WO2013184209A1 (en) | 2012-06-04 | 2013-12-12 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. | Mif for use in methods of treating subjects with a neurodegenerative disorder |
US20140038182A1 (en) | 2012-07-17 | 2014-02-06 | Dna Logix, Inc. | Cooperative primers, probes, and applications thereof |
US9175266B2 (en) | 2012-07-23 | 2015-11-03 | Gamida Cell Ltd. | Enhancement of natural killer (NK) cell proliferation and activity |
US9567569B2 (en) | 2012-07-23 | 2017-02-14 | Gamida Cell Ltd. | Methods of culturing and expanding mesenchymal stem cells |
WO2014022852A1 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2014-02-06 | Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. | Cell-specific delivery of mirna modulators for the treatment of obesity and related disorders |
US8603470B1 (en) | 2012-08-07 | 2013-12-10 | National Cheng Kung University | Use of IL-20 antagonists for treating liver diseases |
US9403865B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2016-08-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols |
AU2013306006B2 (en) | 2012-08-20 | 2017-07-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Polynucleotides having bioreversible groups |
US9029335B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2015-05-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
US10077451B2 (en) | 2012-10-18 | 2018-09-18 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for plant pest control |
AU2013337277B2 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2018-03-08 | Foundation Medicine, Inc. | Novel NTRK1 fusion molecules and uses thereof |
US10683505B2 (en) | 2013-01-01 | 2020-06-16 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods of introducing dsRNA to plant seeds for modulating gene expression |
WO2014106838A2 (en) | 2013-01-01 | 2014-07-10 | A.B. Seeds Ltd. | Methods of introducing dsrna to plant seeds for modulating gene expression |
EP3939614A1 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2022-01-19 | Foundation Medicine, Inc. | Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma |
US10000767B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2018-06-19 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for plant pest control |
WO2014120861A2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2014-08-07 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified coupling protocols |
US20150366890A1 (en) | 2013-02-25 | 2015-12-24 | Trustees Of Boston University | Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections |
AU2014249015B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-04-16 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
US10612019B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-04-07 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
PT2970974T (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-11-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US20140283211A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and Compositions for Plant Pest Control |
ES2708650T3 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-04-10 | Andes Biotechnologies Global Inc | Antisense oligonucleotides for the treatment of tumor stem cells |
EP2970364B1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-04-24 | Andes Biotechnologies Global, Inc. | Methods for detecting and treating multiple myeloma |
US10568328B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-25 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control |
EP4286517A3 (en) | 2013-04-04 | 2024-03-13 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Therapeutic uses of genome editing with crispr/cas systems |
RU2686080C2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2019-04-24 | Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Compositions and methods |
SG10201804472YA (en) | 2013-05-22 | 2018-07-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
SG11201510565TA (en) | 2013-05-22 | 2016-01-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Tmprss6 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP3004396B1 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2019-10-16 | The General Hospital Corporation | Compositions for the treatment of cancer |
ES2862125T3 (en) | 2013-06-13 | 2021-10-07 | Antisense Therapeutics Ltd | Combination therapy for acromegaly |
US9850496B2 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2017-12-26 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Compositions and methods for controlling Leptinotarsa |
BR112016000555B1 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2022-12-27 | Monsanto Technology Llc | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN INFESTATION OF THE LEPTINOTARSA SPECIES IN A PLANT, INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF RECOMBINANT DNA |
CN105579582A (en) | 2013-07-25 | 2016-05-11 | 埃克西奎雷股份有限公司 | Spherical nucleic acid-based constructs as immunostimulatory agents for prophylactic and therapeutic use |
HUE048710T2 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2020-08-28 | Scripps Research Inst | A method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides |
EP3868772A1 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2021-08-25 | Geron Corporation | Phosphorodiamidate backbone linkage for oligonucleotides |
US10077444B2 (en) | 2013-10-02 | 2018-09-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the LECT2 gene |
LT3052628T (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2020-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene |
WO2015051366A2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2015-04-09 | Novartis Ag | Novel formats for organic compounds for use in rna interference |
KR102298475B1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2021-09-06 | 노파르티스 아게 | 3' END CAPS FOR RNAi AGENTS FOR USE IN RNA INTERFERENCE |
US10519446B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2019-12-31 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds to treat hepatitis B virus |
EP3055426B1 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2019-06-19 | The United States of America as represented by The Secretary Department of Health and Human Services | Detection of hepatitis delta virus (hdv) for the diagnosis and treatment of sjögren's syndrome and lymphoma |
US11162096B2 (en) | 2013-10-14 | 2021-11-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript |
EP3060680B1 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2019-02-27 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer |
WO2015061246A1 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2015-04-30 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds |
CA2929533C (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2023-06-06 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations |
WO2015066708A1 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2015-05-07 | Northwestern University | Quantification and spatio-temporal tracking of a target using a spherical nucleic acid (sna) |
US10182988B2 (en) | 2013-12-03 | 2019-01-22 | Northwestern University | Liposomal particles, methods of making same and uses thereof |
CA2844640A1 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2015-06-06 | The University Of British Columbia | Method for treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer |
US10385388B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2019-08-20 | Swift Biosciences, Inc. | Cleavable competitor polynucleotides |
UA119253C2 (en) | 2013-12-10 | 2019-05-27 | Біолоджикс, Інк. | Compositions and methods for virus control in varroa mite and bees |
EP3798306A1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2021-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10900083B2 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2021-01-26 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells |
MX368629B (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2019-10-08 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for weed control using epsps polynucleotides. |
JP6736467B2 (en) | 2014-02-04 | 2020-08-05 | ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド | Smoothing mutant and method of using the same |
WO2015118537A2 (en) | 2014-02-05 | 2015-08-13 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Micro-rnas and compositions comprising same for the treatment and diagnosis of serotonin-, adrenalin-, noradrenalin-, glutamate-, and corticotropin-releasing hormone- associated medical conditions |
KR20230152154A (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2023-11-02 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US10036019B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2018-07-31 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2015143245A1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2015-09-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating ataxin 2 expression |
SG11201607761UA (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2016-10-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions for modulating ataxin 2 expression |
PT3757214T (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2022-08-26 | Biogen Ma Inc | Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression |
BR112016022711A2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2017-10-31 | Monsanto Technology Llc | compositions and methods for insect pest control |
EP3943607A1 (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2022-01-26 | The Scripps Research Institute | Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters |
WO2015164693A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid |
EP3137115B1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2020-10-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters |
PE20170010A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2017-03-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO MODULATE THE EXPRESSION OF THE COMPLEMENT FACTOR B |
TW201607559A (en) | 2014-05-12 | 2016-03-01 | 阿尼拉製藥公司 | Methods and compositions for treating a SERPINC1-associated disorder |
SG10202104570TA (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2021-06-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
AU2015270925A1 (en) | 2014-06-02 | 2016-12-22 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Methods and compositions for immunomodulation |
EP3155100B1 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2021-12-22 | Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam | Antisense oligonucleotides useful in treatment of pompe disease |
CA2953347A1 (en) | 2014-06-23 | 2015-12-30 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Compositions and methods for regulating gene expression via rna interference |
EP3161138A4 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2017-12-06 | Monsanto Technology LLC | Methods and compositions for delivering nucleic acids to plant cells and regulating gene expression |
WO2015200697A1 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-30 | The General Hospital Corporation | Targeting human satellite ii (hsatii) |
ES2799404T3 (en) | 2014-07-15 | 2020-12-17 | Yissum Research And Development Company Of The Hebrew Univ Of Jerusalem Ltd | Isolated CD44 polypeptides and uses thereof |
US9951327B1 (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2018-04-24 | Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. | Efficient and rapid method for assembling and cloning double-stranded DNA fragments |
RU2021123470A (en) | 2014-07-29 | 2021-09-06 | Монсанто Текнолоджи Ллс | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR COMBATING PESTS |
JP7081923B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2022-06-07 | ユーエイビー リサーチ ファンデーション | Higher effectiveness for removing apoE mimetic peptides and plasma cholesterol |
CA2958431A1 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2016-02-25 | Northwestern University | Protein/oligonucleotide core-shell nanoparticle therapeutics |
WO2016030899A1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2016-03-03 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Methods of treating amyotrophic lateral scleroses |
EP4043567A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2022-08-17 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer |
WO2016033424A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2016-03-03 | Genzyme Corporation | Methods for the prevention and treatment of major adverse cardiovascular events using compounds that modulate apolipoprotein b |
ES2928500T3 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2022-11-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Patisiran for use in the treatment of transthyretin-mediated amyloidosis |
EP3191591A1 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2017-07-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof |
EP3663403A1 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2020-06-10 | University of Massachusetts | Rna-modulating agents |
JOP20200115A1 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2017-06-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions And Methods For Inhibition Of HAO1 (Hydroxyacid Oxidase 1 (Glycolate Oxidase)) Gene Expression |
WO2016061487A1 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2016-04-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof |
EP3904519A1 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2021-11-03 | Genzyme Corporation | Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof |
JOP20200092A1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2017-06-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2016081444A1 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
CA2968531A1 (en) | 2014-11-21 | 2016-05-26 | Northwestern University | The sequence-specific cellular uptake of spherical nucleic acid nanoparticle conjugates |
JP6997623B2 (en) | 2014-12-12 | 2022-02-04 | エム. ウルフ、トッド | Compositions and Methods for Editing Intracellular Nucleic Acids Utilizing Oligonucleotides |
US9688707B2 (en) | 2014-12-30 | 2017-06-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom |
WO2016112132A1 (en) | 2015-01-06 | 2016-07-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript |
WO2016115490A1 (en) | 2015-01-16 | 2016-07-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulation of dux4 |
PL3256589T3 (en) | 2015-01-22 | 2022-02-21 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa |
WO2016118812A1 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2016-07-28 | Vanderbilt University | A robust interferometer and methods of using same |
EP3256487A4 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2018-07-18 | Duke University | Compositions and methods for epigenome editing |
CA2976445A1 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2016-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP3262173A2 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2018-01-03 | Crispr Therapeutics AG | Materials and methods for treatment of human genetic diseases including hemoglobinopathies |
WO2016137923A1 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2016-09-01 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds |
US11129844B2 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2021-09-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression |
EP3268475B1 (en) | 2015-03-11 | 2020-10-21 | Yissum Research and Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem Ltd. | Decoy oligonucleotides for the treatment of diseases |
US10376535B2 (en) | 2015-03-26 | 2019-08-13 | University Of Rochester | Therapy for malignant disease |
EP4218771A1 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2023-08-02 | Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd | Methods of treating motor neuron diseases |
KR20180020125A (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2018-02-27 | 프레지던트 앤드 펠로우즈 오브 하바드 칼리지 | Modified T cells and methods for their manufacture and use |
US10961532B2 (en) | 2015-04-07 | 2021-03-30 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods for reactivating genes on the inactive X chromosome |
US10745702B2 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2020-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the LECT2 gene |
WO2016167780A1 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2016-10-20 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript |
MX2017014215A (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2018-03-28 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations. |
US20180161300A1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2018-06-14 | Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. | Citrin inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
CN107750125A (en) | 2015-06-02 | 2018-03-02 | 孟山都技术有限公司 | For by the composition and method in delivery of polynucleotides to plant |
WO2016196782A1 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2016-12-08 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for introducing nucleic acids into plants |
EP3307316A1 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2018-04-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2016205323A1 (en) | 2015-06-18 | 2016-12-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof |
US20180188257A1 (en) | 2015-06-19 | 2018-07-05 | University Of Rochester | Septin proteins as novel biomarkers for detection and treatment of müllerian cancers |
WO2016209862A1 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2016-12-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
JP2018524588A (en) | 2015-06-26 | 2018-08-30 | ベス・イスラエル・ディーコネス・メディカル・センター,インコーポレイテッド | Cancer therapy targeting tetraspanin 33 (Tspan33) in bone marrow-derived suppressor cells |
CA2991045A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Caris Science, Inc. | Therapeutic oligonucleotides binding c1q |
WO2017011286A1 (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2017-01-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US10941176B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2021-03-09 | Caris Science, Inc. | Therapeutic oligonucleotides |
WO2017021963A1 (en) | 2015-08-03 | 2017-02-09 | Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. | Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases |
WO2017021961A1 (en) | 2015-08-04 | 2017-02-09 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Methods of screening for riboswitches and attenuators |
US10130651B2 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2018-11-20 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | RNAi Therapy for Hepatitis B Virus Infection |
SG10202007937SA (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2020-09-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
US20190048340A1 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2019-02-14 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Novel family of rna-programmable endonucleases and their uses in genome editing and other applications |
US10533175B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2020-01-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating Ataxin 3 expression |
US20180311176A1 (en) | 2015-10-26 | 2018-11-01 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acid complexes |
US11369692B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2022-06-28 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy |
PE20181009A1 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2018-06-26 | Genentech Inc | ANTI-HtrA1 ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE OF THEM |
ES2938883T3 (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2023-04-17 | Los Angeles Childrens Hospital | Oligo antisense for use in the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia |
BR112018008971A2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-11-27 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and Methods for Treatment of Type 1a Glycogen Storage Disease |
WO2017081686A1 (en) | 2015-11-10 | 2017-05-18 | B. G. Negev Technologies And Applications Ltd., At Ben-Gurion University | Means and methods for reducing tumorigenicity of cancer stem cells |
US11001622B2 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2021-05-11 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Method of treating autoimmune disease with lymphocyte antigen CD5-like (CD5L) protein |
EP3967758A1 (en) | 2015-12-01 | 2022-03-16 | CRISPR Therapeutics AG | Materials and methods for treatment of alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency |
US11058709B1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-07-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating breast cancer |
US10993995B2 (en) | 2015-12-07 | 2021-05-04 | Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam | Enzymatic replacement therapy and antisense therapy for pompe disease |
US11761007B2 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2023-09-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system |
EP3394260B1 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2021-02-17 | CRISPR Therapeutics AG | Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and/or frontal temporal lobular degeneration |
US10907160B2 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2021-02-02 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
US10627396B2 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2020-04-21 | Vanderbilt University | Free-solution response function interferometry |
US20190038771A1 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2019-02-07 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome |
WO2017136558A1 (en) | 2016-02-04 | 2017-08-10 | Curis, Inc. | Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same |
WO2017141109A1 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2017-08-24 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome |
CA3054284A1 (en) | 2016-02-25 | 2017-08-31 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Treatment methods for fibrosis targeting smoc2 |
EP3423581A4 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2020-03-04 | Rhode Island Hospital | Targeting microrna for cancer treatment |
US10287328B2 (en) | 2016-03-08 | 2019-05-14 | KeMyth Biotech Co., Ltd. | Treatment of diabetes, toll-like receptor 4 modulators and methods for using the same |
WO2017161168A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of dyrk1b expression |
WO2017158422A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of hereditary haemochromatosis |
WO2017161172A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of modulating keap1 |
CA3018066A1 (en) | 2016-03-18 | 2017-09-21 | Caris Science, Inc. | Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof |
CA3021467A1 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2017-10-26 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies |
MA45295A (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2019-02-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | HIGH DENSITY LIPOPROTEIN BINDING PROTEIN (HDLBP / VIGILINE) RNA COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR USING THEM |
WO2017191503A1 (en) | 2016-05-05 | 2017-11-09 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies |
AU2017271579B2 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2023-10-19 | Caris Science, Inc. | Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof |
US20190256845A1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2019-08-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLEMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH) |
EP3471781A4 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2020-05-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of gys1 expression |
HUE060123T2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-01-28 | Scripps Research Inst | Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof |
EP3478313B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2022-05-04 | CRISPR Therapeutics AG | Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als) and other related disorders |
US11564997B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2023-01-31 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of friedreich ataxia and other related disorders |
US11427838B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2022-08-30 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1) and other related disorders |
CN109843914B (en) | 2016-07-06 | 2024-03-15 | 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 | Materials and methods for treating pain-related disorders |
US11801313B2 (en) | 2016-07-06 | 2023-10-31 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of pain related disorders |
WO2018007871A1 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2018-01-11 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of transthyretin amyloidosis |
CA3030701A1 (en) | 2016-07-11 | 2018-01-18 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Nucleic acid conjugates and uses thereof |
CN109844103A (en) | 2016-07-21 | 2019-06-04 | 美克斯细胞有限公司 | Method and composition for modifier group DNA |
WO2018020323A2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2018-02-01 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of fatty acid disorders |
JOP20170161A1 (en) | 2016-08-04 | 2019-01-30 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals Inc | RNAi Agents for Hepatitis B Virus Infection |
NL2017295B1 (en) | 2016-08-05 | 2018-02-14 | Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam | Antisense oligomeric compound for Pompe disease |
NL2017294B1 (en) | 2016-08-05 | 2018-02-14 | Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam | Natural cryptic exon removal by pairs of antisense oligonucleotides. |
WO2018039629A2 (en) | 2016-08-25 | 2018-03-01 | Northwestern University | Micellar spherical nucleic acids from thermoresponsive, traceless templates |
HUE059718T2 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2022-12-28 | Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc | 4'-phosphate analogs and oligonucleotides comprising the same |
WO2018055577A1 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2018-03-29 | Synthena Ag | Mixed tricyclo-dna, 2'-modified rna oligonucleotide compositions and uses thereof |
CN109661233A (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2019-04-19 | Ionis 制药公司 | The method that oligomeric compound is conjugated |
US11459568B2 (en) | 2016-10-31 | 2022-10-04 | University Of Massachusetts | Targeting microRNA-101-3p in cancer therapy |
JOP20190104A1 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2019-05-07 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression |
EP3548620A4 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2020-07-22 | Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory | Modulation of lnc05 expression |
US11753460B2 (en) | 2016-12-13 | 2023-09-12 | Seattle Children's Hospital | Methods of exogenous drug activation of chemical-induced signaling complexes expressed in engineered cells in vitro and in vivo |
AU2017376950B2 (en) | 2016-12-16 | 2024-02-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for treating or preventing TTR-associated diseases using transthyretin (TTR) iRNA compositions |
SG11201905508VA (en) | 2017-01-23 | 2019-08-27 | Regeneron Pharma | Hsd17b13 variants and uses thereof |
WO2018154418A1 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2018-08-30 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of early onset parkinson's disease (park1) and other synuclein, alpha (snca) gene related conditions or disorders |
JP2020508056A (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2020-03-19 | クリスパー・セラピューティクス・アクチェンゲゼルシャフトCRISPR Therapeutics AG | Compositions and methods for gene editing |
WO2018154459A1 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2018-08-30 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of primary hyperoxaluria type 1 (ph1) and other alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase (agxt) gene related conditions or disorders |
US11559588B2 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2023-01-24 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of Spinocerebellar Ataxia Type 1 (SCA1) and other Spinocerebellar Ataxia Type 1 Protein (ATXN1) gene related conditions or disorders |
WO2018154462A2 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2018-08-30 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (sca2) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 protein (atxn2) gene related conditions or disorders |
WO2018165564A1 (en) | 2017-03-09 | 2018-09-13 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Morpholino modified oligomeric compounds |
WO2018183969A1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2018-10-04 | California Institute Of Technology | Barcoded rapid assay platform for efficient analysis of candidate molecules and methods of making and using the platform |
TWI801377B (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2023-05-11 | 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 | Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection |
JP2020517613A (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2020-06-18 | シンセナ アーゲー | Modified oligomeric compounds containing tricyclo DNA nucleosides and uses thereof |
US11767520B2 (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2023-09-26 | Atyr Pharma, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating lung inflammation |
WO2018193428A1 (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2018-10-25 | Synthena Ag | Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof |
WO2018195486A1 (en) | 2017-04-21 | 2018-10-25 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Targeted delivery to beta cells |
KR20200005596A (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2020-01-15 | 크리스퍼 테라퓨틱스 아게 | Materials and methods for engineering cells, and their use in immuno-oncology |
AU2018300069A1 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2020-02-27 | Synthorx, Inc. | Incorporation of unnatural nucleotides and methods thereof |
JP7277432B2 (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2023-05-19 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Lactate dehydrogenase A (LDHA) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
BR112020000679A2 (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2020-07-14 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | targeting the hdac2-sp3 complex to enhance synaptic function |
KR20200028997A (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2020-03-17 | 노오쓰웨스턴 유니버시티 | General and direct method of preparing oligonucleotide-functionalized metal-organic framework nanoparticles |
US20200181220A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2020-06-11 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases |
US11197884B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2021-12-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders |
WO2019051173A1 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2019-03-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of smad7 expression |
KR20200089656A (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2020-07-27 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (TTR) mediated amyloidosis |
CA3079172A1 (en) | 2017-10-17 | 2019-04-25 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Compositions and methods for gene editing for hemophilia a |
US20210180091A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2021-06-17 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies |
AU2018360697A1 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2020-05-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component C3 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
TWI809004B (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2023-07-21 | 美商Ionis製藥公司 | Compounds and methods for reducing snca expression |
WO2019092505A1 (en) | 2017-11-09 | 2019-05-16 | Casebia Therapeutics Llp | Self-inactivating (sin) crispr/cas or crispr/cpf1 systems and uses thereof |
US20200385719A1 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2020-12-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP3714054A1 (en) | 2017-11-20 | 2020-09-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US20190153440A1 (en) | 2017-11-21 | 2019-05-23 | Casebia Therapeutics Llp | Materials and methods for treatment of autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa |
CA3084955A1 (en) | 2017-12-05 | 2019-06-13 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Crispr-cas9 modified cd34+ human hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and uses thereof |
EP3724332A1 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2020-10-21 | CRISPR Therapeutics AG | Novel rna-programmable endonuclease systems and their use in genome editing and other applications |
BR112020012088A2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2020-11-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | compositions of the high mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) and methods of using them |
JP7402163B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2023-12-20 | クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー | Materials and methods for the treatment of Usher syndrome type 2A |
WO2019126641A2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulation of frataxin expression |
CA3084633A1 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a and/or non-syndromic autosomal recessive retinitis pigmentosa (arrp) |
CA3088180A1 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2019-07-18 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting transferrin |
MX2020007369A (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2020-10-28 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modulators of dnm2 expression. |
WO2019147743A1 (en) | 2018-01-26 | 2019-08-01 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Structure-guided chemical modification of guide rna and its applications |
EP3749768A1 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2020-12-16 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies |
US11566236B2 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2023-01-31 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies |
EP3749368A1 (en) | 2018-02-08 | 2020-12-16 | Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd | Methods of identifying and using agents for treating diseases associated with intestinal barrier dysfunction |
US20210130824A1 (en) | 2018-02-16 | 2021-05-06 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting fibrinogen-alpha |
CA3091857A1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
TW202000199A (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2020-01-01 | 美商Ionis製藥公司 | Modulators of IRF4 expression |
US11732260B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2023-08-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-β precursor protein |
CN112105625A (en) | 2018-03-07 | 2020-12-18 | 赛诺菲 | Nucleotide precursors, nucleotide analogs, and oligomeric compounds containing the same |
WO2019183150A1 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2019-09-26 | Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership | Novel rna-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof |
US11661601B2 (en) | 2018-03-22 | 2023-05-30 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for modulating FMR1 expression |
EP4051799A2 (en) | 2018-03-30 | 2022-09-07 | Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn | Aptamers for targeted activaton of t cell-mediated immunity |
AU2019247490A1 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2020-10-22 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Compositions and methods for somatic cell reprogramming and modulating imprinting |
EP3775204A4 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2021-12-29 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of ezh2 expression |
WO2019204668A1 (en) | 2018-04-18 | 2019-10-24 | Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership | Compositions and methods for knockdown of apo(a) by gene editing for treatment of cardiovascular disease |
MX2020011913A (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2021-01-29 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compounds and methods for reducing fxi expression. |
UY38225A (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2019-11-29 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | COMPOUNDS AND METHODS TO REDUCE THE EXPRESSION OF ATXN3 |
TW202016304A (en) | 2018-05-14 | 2020-05-01 | 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 | Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2019241648A1 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2019-12-19 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for increasing stmn2 expression |
US11332746B1 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2022-05-17 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing LRRK2 expression |
JP2021529518A (en) | 2018-06-28 | 2021-11-04 | クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー | Compositions and Methods for Genome Editing by Insertion of Donor polynucleotide |
JOP20210018A1 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-01-21 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compounds and methods for reducing atxn2 expression |
EA202190528A1 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2021-04-23 | Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | COMPOSITIONS OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENTS AND METHODS OF THEIR APPLICATION |
US20210348162A1 (en) | 2018-08-16 | 2021-11-11 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene |
US20210292766A1 (en) | 2018-08-29 | 2021-09-23 | University Of Massachusetts | Inhibition of Protein Kinases to Treat Friedreich Ataxia |
US20220056220A1 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2022-02-24 | Northwestern University | Programming protein polymerization with dna |
WO2020060986A1 (en) | 2018-09-18 | 2020-03-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US11104941B2 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2021-08-31 | Bioo Scientific Corporation | 5′ adapter comprising an internal 5′-5′ linkage |
US20210348159A1 (en) | 2018-10-17 | 2021-11-11 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Compositions and methods for delivering transgenes |
US10913951B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-02-09 | University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education | Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure |
TW202028222A (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2020-08-01 | 美商Ionis製藥公司 | Modulators of foxp3 expression |
EP3880821A4 (en) | 2018-11-15 | 2023-01-25 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of irf5 expression |
IL263184A (en) | 2018-11-21 | 2020-05-31 | Yarden Yosef | Method of treating cancer and compositions for same |
WO2020118259A1 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2020-06-11 | Northwestern University | Protein crystal engineering through dna hybridization interactions |
HRP20231338T1 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2024-02-16 | Vir Biotechnology, Inc. | Combination hbv therapy |
CN113631709A (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2021-11-09 | 普拉克西斯精密药物股份有限公司 | Compositions and methods for treating KCNT 1-related disorders |
MX2021008628A (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2021-11-17 | Genzyme Corp | Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof. |
JP2022519184A (en) | 2019-01-22 | 2022-03-22 | コロ バイオ, インコーポレイテッド | RNA editing oligonucleotides and their use |
CA3127243A1 (en) * | 2019-01-22 | 2020-07-30 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Rna-editing oligonucleotides and uses thereof |
JP2022519532A (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2022-03-24 | アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド | Modulator of YAP1 expression |
MX2021009259A (en) | 2019-02-06 | 2021-08-24 | Synthorx Inc | Il-2 conjugates and methods of use thereof. |
SG11202108357PA (en) | 2019-02-15 | 2021-08-30 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Gene editing for hemophilia a with improved factor viii expression |
WO2020171889A1 (en) | 2019-02-19 | 2020-08-27 | University Of Rochester | Blocking lipid accumulation or inflammation in thyroid eye disease |
EP3927378A1 (en) | 2019-02-21 | 2021-12-29 | Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem Ltd. | Method for reduction drug-induced nephrotoxicity |
MX2021010152A (en) | 2019-02-27 | 2021-09-14 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modulators of malat1 expression. |
MA55297A (en) | 2019-03-12 | 2022-01-19 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | NOVEL HIGH-FIDELITY PROGRAMMABLE RNA ENDONUCLEASE SYSTEMS AND THEIR USES |
JP2022527108A (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2022-05-30 | ディセルナ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and Methods for the Treatment of KRAS-Related Diseases or Disorders |
JP2022527105A (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2022-05-30 | アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド | Compounds and Methods for Modulating UBE3A-ATS |
CA3136676A1 (en) | 2019-05-03 | 2020-11-12 | Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Double-stranded nucleic acid inhibitor molecules with shortened sense strands |
US20210047649A1 (en) | 2019-05-08 | 2021-02-18 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Crispr/cas all-in-two vector systems for treatment of dmd |
US20220339256A1 (en) | 2019-05-13 | 2022-10-27 | Vir Biotechnology, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection |
JP2022538784A (en) | 2019-06-14 | 2022-09-06 | ザ スクリプス リサーチ インスティテュート | Reagents and methods for replication, transcription and translation in semi-synthetic organisms |
US20210008161A1 (en) | 2019-06-17 | 2021-01-14 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Methods and compositions for improved homology directed repair |
EP3956450A4 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2022-11-16 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating gfap |
WO2021022109A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021022108A2 (en) | 2019-08-01 | 2021-02-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
EP4013870A1 (en) | 2019-08-13 | 2022-06-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small ribosomal protein subunit 25 (rps25) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021030778A1 (en) | 2019-08-15 | 2021-02-18 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Linkage modified oligomeric compounds and uses thereof |
WO2021030706A1 (en) | 2019-08-15 | 2021-02-18 | Synthorx, Inc. | Immuno oncology combination therapies with il-2 conjugates |
CA3148135A1 (en) | 2019-08-23 | 2021-03-04 | Carolina E. CAFFARO | Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof |
MX2022002689A (en) | 2019-09-03 | 2022-04-07 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene. |
KR20220061158A (en) | 2019-09-10 | 2022-05-12 | 신톡스, 인크. | IL-2 conjugates and methods of use for treating autoimmune diseases |
EP4038189A1 (en) | 2019-10-04 | 2022-08-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression |
EP4045652A1 (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2022-08-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4048793A1 (en) | 2019-10-22 | 2022-08-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US20230040920A1 (en) | 2019-11-01 | 2023-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression |
AR120341A1 (en) | 2019-11-01 | 2022-02-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | COMPOSITIONS OF RNAi AGENTS AGAINST HUNTINGTINE (HTT) AND THEIR METHODS OF USE |
MX2022005251A (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2022-06-08 | Synthorx Inc | Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof. |
CN114981431A (en) | 2019-11-13 | 2022-08-30 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Methods and compositions for treating Angiotensinogen (AGT) -related disorders |
EP4061945A1 (en) | 2019-11-22 | 2022-09-28 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
CN115335521A (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2022-11-11 | 克里斯珀医疗股份公司 | Method for synthesizing RNA molecules |
EP4073251A1 (en) | 2019-12-13 | 2022-10-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021126734A1 (en) | 2019-12-16 | 2021-06-24 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4077674A1 (en) | 2019-12-18 | 2022-10-26 | Alia Therapeutics S.R.L. | Compositions and methods for treating retinitis pigmentosa |
US20230123981A1 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2023-04-20 | Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4'-o-methylene phosphonate nucleic acids and analogues thereof |
US20230057461A1 (en) | 2020-01-27 | 2023-02-23 | The U.S.A., As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Rab13 and net1 antisense oligonucleotides to treat metastatic cancer |
WO2021154941A1 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2021-08-05 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als) |
CA3170377A1 (en) | 2020-02-10 | 2021-08-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for silencing vegf-a expression |
CN115397989A (en) | 2020-02-18 | 2022-11-25 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Apolipoprotein C3 (APOC 3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
TW202140787A (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2021-11-01 | 美商Ionis製藥公司 | Compounds and methods for modulating smn2 |
EP4114947A1 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2023-01-11 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases |
WO2021178736A1 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2021-09-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021188611A1 (en) | 2020-03-18 | 2021-09-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant |
CN116209759A (en) | 2020-03-26 | 2023-06-02 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Coronavirus iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021202443A2 (en) | 2020-03-30 | 2021-10-07 | Alnylam Pharmaceucticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression |
BR112022020145A2 (en) | 2020-04-06 | 2023-01-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING THE MYOC EXPRESSION |
EP4133077A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2023-02-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2021206917A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2021207189A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for silencing scn9a expression |
KR20230018377A (en) | 2020-04-27 | 2023-02-07 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Apolipoprotein E (APOE) IRNA preparation composition and method of use thereof |
KR20230017789A (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2023-02-06 | 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Complement Factor B (CFB) iRNA Compositions and Methods of Use Thereof |
WO2021222768A2 (en) | 2020-05-01 | 2021-11-04 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating atxn1 |
EP4150090A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-03-22 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof) |
WO2021231679A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2) |
EP4150077A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-03-22 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1) |
CA3162416C (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-07-04 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1) |
WO2021231673A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2021-11-18 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2) |
EP4150089A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-03-22 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rs1) |
EP4150076A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-03-22 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2) |
EP4150078A1 (en) | 2020-05-15 | 2023-03-22 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl) |
EP4153746A1 (en) | 2020-05-21 | 2023-03-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression |
CA3179051A1 (en) | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | Chandra Vargeese | Double stranded oligonucleotide compositions and methods relating thereto |
AR122534A1 (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2022-09-21 | Triplet Therapeutics Inc | METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF NUCLEOTIDE REPEAT EXPANSION DISORDERS ASSOCIATED WITH MSH3 ACTIVITY |
EP4161552A1 (en) | 2020-06-05 | 2023-04-12 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating neoplasia |
EP4162050A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2023-04-12 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation |
EP3922720A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-15 | Universidad de Murcia | Therapy to prevent adverse cardiac remodeling following an acute myocardial infarction |
CN116209760A (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2023-06-02 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Xanthine Dehydrogenase (XDH) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
BR112022026316A2 (en) | 2020-06-24 | 2023-03-07 | Vir Biotechnology Inc | ENGINEERED HEPATITIS B VIRUS NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES AND THEIR USES |
TW202216203A (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2022-05-01 | 美商欣爍克斯公司 | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and anti-egfr antibodies |
CA3185749A1 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-06 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating plp1 |
IL300283A (en) | 2020-08-04 | 2023-04-01 | Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc | Systemic delivery of oligonucleotides |
EP4217489A1 (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2023-08-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
US20220290136A1 (en) | 2020-09-30 | 2022-09-15 | Crispr Therapeutics Ag | Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis |
EP3978608A1 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-04-06 | SQY Therapeutics | Oligomeric compound for dystrophin rescue in dmd patients throughout skipping of exon-51 |
TW202229552A (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-08-01 | 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 | G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
MX2023004032A (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2023-04-27 | Synthorx Inc | Immuno oncology therapies with il-2 conjugates. |
MX2023004029A (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2023-04-27 | Synthorx Inc | Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab. |
EP4228637A1 (en) | 2020-10-15 | 2023-08-23 | Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd | Method of treating myeloid malignancies |
EP4232581A1 (en) | 2020-10-21 | 2023-08-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria |
EP4232582A1 (en) | 2020-10-23 | 2023-08-30 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
JP2023549500A (en) | 2020-11-13 | 2023-11-27 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Coagulation factor V (F5) iRNA composition and method of use thereof |
EP4136092A4 (en) | 2020-11-18 | 2023-10-11 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression |
CA3202708A1 (en) | 2020-11-23 | 2022-05-27 | Alpha Anomeric Sas | Nucleic acid duplexes |
TW202237150A (en) | 2020-12-01 | 2022-10-01 | 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 | Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression |
EP4259795A1 (en) | 2020-12-08 | 2023-10-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
CA3206285A1 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2022-06-30 | Flagship Pioneering, Inc. | Compositions of modified trems and uses thereof |
WO2022150260A1 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2022-07-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022174000A2 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases |
TW202245843A (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-12-01 | 美商欣爍克斯公司 | Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab |
EP4291243A1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2023-12-20 | Synthorx, Inc. | Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof |
JP2024509783A (en) | 2021-02-25 | 2024-03-05 | アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Prion protein (PRNP) IRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022182574A1 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2022-09-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022187435A1 (en) | 2021-03-04 | 2022-09-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4304640A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2024-01-17 | Northwestern University | Antiviral vaccines using spherical nucleic acids |
WO2022192519A1 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
CA3214499A1 (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022212153A1 (en) | 2021-04-01 | 2022-10-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP4330392A1 (en) | 2021-04-26 | 2024-03-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022232343A1 (en) | 2021-04-29 | 2022-11-03 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022235537A1 (en) | 2021-05-03 | 2022-11-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (ttr) mediated amyloidosis |
EP4341401A1 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2024-03-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2022246023A1 (en) | 2021-05-20 | 2022-11-24 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
WO2022256283A2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-12-08 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods for restoring protein function using adar |
WO2022256395A1 (en) | 2021-06-02 | 2022-12-08 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
TW202313679A (en) | 2021-06-03 | 2023-04-01 | 美商欣爍克斯公司 | Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and a pd-1 antagonist |
BR112023025224A2 (en) | 2021-06-04 | 2024-02-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 (C9ORF72) OPEN READING BOARD 72 IRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF |
WO2022260939A2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2022-12-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders |
EP4101928A1 (en) | 2021-06-11 | 2022-12-14 | Bayer AG | Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems |
BR112023023768A2 (en) | 2021-06-11 | 2024-02-27 | Bayer Ag | TYPE V RNA PROGRAMMABLE ENDONUCLEASE SYSTEMS |
CA3223192A1 (en) | 2021-06-18 | 2022-12-22 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for reducing ifnar1 expression |
US20230194709A9 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-06-22 | Seagate Technology Llc | Range information detection using coherent pulse sets with selected waveform characteristics |
WO2023278410A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing |
AU2022303164A1 (en) | 2021-06-30 | 2024-01-18 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder |
WO2023285431A1 (en) | 2021-07-12 | 2023-01-19 | Alia Therapeutics Srl | Compositions and methods for allele specific treatment of retinitis pigmentosa |
WO2023003805A1 (en) | 2021-07-19 | 2023-01-26 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating subjects having or at risk of developing a non-primary hyperoxaluria disease or disorder |
IL309905A (en) | 2021-07-23 | 2024-03-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023009687A1 (en) | 2021-07-29 | 2023-02-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
CN117795074A (en) | 2021-08-03 | 2024-03-29 | 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 | Transthyretin (TTR) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof |
TW202337474A (en) | 2021-08-04 | 2023-10-01 | 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 | Irna compositions and methods for silencing angiotensinogen (agt) |
AR126771A1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2023-11-15 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc | RNAi COMPOSITIONS AGAINST FACTOR XII (F12) AND THEIR METHODS OF USE |
EP4144841A1 (en) | 2021-09-07 | 2023-03-08 | Bayer AG | Novel small rna programmable endonuclease systems with impoved pam specificity and uses thereof |
WO2023044370A2 (en) | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3) |
WO2023044094A1 (en) | 2021-09-20 | 2023-03-23 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023069603A1 (en) | 2021-10-22 | 2023-04-27 | Korro Bio, Inc. | Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing |
WO2023076451A1 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
TW202334418A (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-09-01 | 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 | Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023118349A1 (en) | 2021-12-21 | 2023-06-29 | Alia Therapeutics Srl | Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof |
WO2023122750A1 (en) | 2021-12-23 | 2023-06-29 | Synthorx, Inc. | Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab |
WO2023118068A1 (en) | 2021-12-23 | 2023-06-29 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems |
WO2023141314A2 (en) | 2022-01-24 | 2023-07-27 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2023177866A1 (en) | 2022-03-18 | 2023-09-21 | Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Decarboxylative acetoxylation using mn(ii) or mn(iii) reagent for synthesis of 4'-acetoxy- nucleoside and use thereof for synthesis of corresponding 4'-(dimethoxyphosphoryl)methoxy- nucleotide |
WO2023194359A1 (en) | 2022-04-04 | 2023-10-12 | Alia Therapeutics Srl | Compositions and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a |
WO2023237587A1 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems |
WO2024026474A1 (en) | 2022-07-29 | 2024-02-01 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for transferrin receptor (tfr)-mediated delivery to the brain and muscle |
WO2024035952A1 (en) | 2022-08-12 | 2024-02-15 | Remix Therapeutics Inc. | Methods and compositions for modulating splicing at alternative splice sites |
WO2024039776A2 (en) | 2022-08-18 | 2024-02-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2024059165A1 (en) | 2022-09-15 | 2024-03-21 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof |
WO2024056880A2 (en) | 2022-09-16 | 2024-03-21 | Alia Therapeutics Srl | Enqp type ii cas proteins and applications thereof |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA1260372A (en) * | 1984-04-27 | 1989-09-26 | Elazar Rabbani | Hybridization method for the detection of genetic materials |
US4957858A (en) * | 1986-04-16 | 1990-09-18 | The Salk Instute For Biological Studies | Replicative RNA reporter systems |
US4876187A (en) * | 1985-12-05 | 1989-10-24 | Meiogenics, Inc. | Nucleic acid compositions with scissile linkage useful for detecting nucleic acid sequences |
CA2006008C (en) * | 1988-12-20 | 2000-02-15 | Donald J. Kessler | Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex dna molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use |
-
1990
- 1990-07-30 US US07/559,958 patent/US5399676A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1990-10-23 AU AU71481/91A patent/AU641219B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1990-10-23 WO PCT/US1990/006128 patent/WO1991006626A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1990-10-23 EP EP91902908A patent/EP0539371A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1990-10-23 CA CA002071536A patent/CA2071536C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1990-10-23 JP JP3503194A patent/JPH05505101A/en active Pending
-
1993
- 1993-11-16 US US08/153,213 patent/US5527899A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2071536A1 (en) | 1991-04-24 |
US5527899A (en) | 1996-06-18 |
US5399676A (en) | 1995-03-21 |
EP0539371A4 (en) | 1992-09-11 |
WO1991006626A2 (en) | 1991-05-16 |
JPH05505101A (en) | 1993-08-05 |
WO1991006626A3 (en) | 1991-06-13 |
AU7148191A (en) | 1991-05-31 |
AU641219B2 (en) | 1993-09-16 |
EP0539371A1 (en) | 1993-05-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2071536C (en) | Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy | |
US5721218A (en) | Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity | |
US5484908A (en) | Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines | |
US5792608A (en) | Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use | |
AU647143B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide analogs with terminal 3'-3' or 5'-5' internucleotide linkages | |
US6235887B1 (en) | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines | |
CA2122365C (en) | Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines | |
US5830653A (en) | Methods of using oligomers containing modified pyrimidines | |
US5434257A (en) | Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages | |
US6232462B1 (en) | Reduction of nonspecific hybridization by using novel base-pairing schemes | |
US6235886B1 (en) | Methods of synthesis and use | |
US5817781A (en) | Modified internucleoside linkages (II) | |
JP4452445B2 (en) | Mobility-modified nucleobase polymers and methods of using the same | |
US5935830A (en) | Targeted mutagenesis in living cells using modified oligonucleotides | |
WO1992010590A1 (en) | Inhibition of transcription by formation of triple helixes | |
EP0942000A2 (en) | 2'Modified oligonucleotides | |
JPH09506510A (en) | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer | |
US6828434B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide and nucleotide amine analogs, methods of synthesis and use | |
US5834607A (en) | Amines and methods of making and using the same | |
EP0558634A1 (en) | Triplex-forming oligomers containing modified bases | |
WO1993009127A1 (en) | Enhanced triple-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides composed of 2'-deoxy-7-deazaxanthosine and 2'-deoxy-7-deazaguanosine and related analogs | |
US6033909A (en) | Oligonucleotide analogs, their preparation and use | |
AU668886B2 (en) | Formation of triple helix complexes of double stranded DNA using nucleoside oligomers which comprise purine base analogs | |
US5665541A (en) | Formation of triple helix complexes for the detection of double stranded DNA sequences using oligomers which comprise an 8-modified purine base | |
EP0616612A1 (en) | Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed | ||
MKEC | Expiry (correction) |
Effective date: 20121202 |